Now that we have src and dst in br_ip it is logical to use the src field
for the cases where we need to work with a source address such as
querier source address and group source address.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass and use extack all the way down to br_mdb_add_group().
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To avoid doing duplicate device checks and searches (the same were done
in br_mdb_add and __br_mdb_add) pass the already found port to __br_mdb_add
and pull the bridge's netif_running and enabled multicast checks to
br_mdb_add. This would also simplify the future extack errors.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can drop the pr_info() calls and just use extack to return a
meaningful error to user-space when br_mdb_parse() fails.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2020-09-23
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
We've added 95 non-merge commits during the last 22 day(s) which contain
a total of 124 files changed, 4211 insertions(+), 2040 deletions(-).
The main changes are:
1) Full multi function support in libbpf, from Andrii.
2) Refactoring of function argument checks, from Lorenz.
3) Make bpf_tail_call compatible with functions (subprograms), from Maciej.
4) Program metadata support, from YiFei.
5) bpf iterator optimizations, from Yonghong.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use range checking facility of nla_policy to validate port type
attribute input value is valid or not.
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use range checking facility of nla_policy to validate eswitch mode input
attribute value is valid or not.
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two minor conflicts:
1) net/ipv4/route.c, adding a new local variable while
moving another local variable and removing it's
initial assignment.
2) drivers/net/dsa/microchip/ksz9477.c, overlapping changes.
One pretty prints the port mode differently, whilst another
changes the driver to try and obtain the port mode from
the port node rather than the switch node.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from Jakub Kicinski:
- fix failure to add bond interfaces to a bridge, the offload-handling
code was too defensive there and recent refactoring unearthed that.
Users complained (Ido)
- fix unnecessarily reflecting ECN bits within TOS values / QoS marking
in TCP ACK and reset packets (Wei)
- fix a deadlock with bpf iterator. Hopefully we're in the clear on
this front now... (Yonghong)
- BPF fix for clobbering r2 in bpf_gen_ld_abs (Daniel)
- fix AQL on mt76 devices with FW rate control and add a couple of AQL
issues in mac80211 code (Felix)
- fix authentication issue with mwifiex (Maximilian)
- WiFi connectivity fix: revert IGTK support in ti/wlcore (Mauro)
- fix exception handling for multipath routes via same device (David
Ahern)
- revert back to a BH spin lock flavor for nsid_lock: there are paths
which do require the BH context protection (Taehee)
- fix interrupt / queue / NAPI handling in the lantiq driver (Hauke)
- fix ife module load deadlock (Cong)
- make an adjustment to netlink reply message type for code added in
this release (the sole change touching uAPI here) (Michal)
- a number of fixes for small NXP and Microchip switches (Vladimir)
[ Pull request acked by David: "you can expect more of this in the
future as I try to delegate more things to Jakub" ]
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net: (167 commits)
net: mscc: ocelot: fix some key offsets for IP4_TCP_UDP VCAP IS2 entries
net: dsa: seville: fix some key offsets for IP4_TCP_UDP VCAP IS2 entries
net: dsa: felix: fix some key offsets for IP4_TCP_UDP VCAP IS2 entries
inet_diag: validate INET_DIAG_REQ_PROTOCOL attribute
net: bridge: br_vlan_get_pvid_rcu() should dereference the VLAN group under RCU
net: Update MAINTAINERS for MediaTek switch driver
net/mlx5e: mlx5e_fec_in_caps() returns a boolean
net/mlx5e: kTLS, Avoid kzalloc(GFP_KERNEL) under spinlock
net/mlx5e: kTLS, Fix leak on resync error flow
net/mlx5e: kTLS, Add missing dma_unmap in RX resync
net/mlx5e: kTLS, Fix napi sync and possible use-after-free
net/mlx5e: TLS, Do not expose FPGA TLS counter if not supported
net/mlx5e: Fix using wrong stats_grps in mlx5e_update_ndo_stats()
net/mlx5e: Fix multicast counter not up-to-date in "ip -s"
net/mlx5e: Fix endianness when calculating pedit mask first bit
net/mlx5e: Enable adding peer miss rules only if merged eswitch is supported
net/mlx5e: CT: Fix freeing ct_label mapping
net/mlx5e: Fix memory leak of tunnel info when rule under multipath not ready
net/mlx5e: Use synchronize_rcu to sync with NAPI
net/mlx5e: Use RCU to protect rq->xdp_prog
...
When calling the RCU brother of br_vlan_get_pvid(), lockdep warns:
=============================
WARNING: suspicious RCU usage
5.9.0-rc3-01631-g13c17acb8e38-dirty #814 Not tainted
-----------------------------
net/bridge/br_private.h:1054 suspicious rcu_dereference_protected() usage!
Call trace:
lockdep_rcu_suspicious+0xd4/0xf8
__br_vlan_get_pvid+0xc0/0x100
br_vlan_get_pvid_rcu+0x78/0x108
The warning is because br_vlan_get_pvid_rcu() calls nbp_vlan_group()
which calls rtnl_dereference() instead of rcu_dereference(). In turn,
rtnl_dereference() calls rcu_dereference_protected() which assumes
operation under an RCU write-side critical section, which obviously is
not the case here. So, when the incorrect primitive is used to access
the RCU-protected VLAN group pointer, READ_ONCE() is not used, which may
cause various unexpected problems.
I'm sad to say that br_vlan_get_pvid() and br_vlan_get_pvid_rcu() cannot
share the same implementation. So fix the bug by splitting the 2
functions, and making br_vlan_get_pvid_rcu() retrieve the VLAN groups
under proper locking annotations.
Fixes: 7582f5b70f ("bridge: add br_vlan_get_pvid_rcu()")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
They are not used since commit e4ff675130 ("ipvs: add
sync_maxlen parameter for the sync daemon")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Rename 'searched' column to 'clashres' (same len).
conntrack(8) using the old /proc interface (ctnetlink not available) shows:
cpu=0 entries=4784 clashres=2292 [..]
Another alternative is to add another column, but this increases the
number of always-0 columns.
Fixes: bc92470413 ("netfilter: conntrack: add clash resolution stat counter")
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
If a bucket contains a lot of sockets, during bpf_iter traversing
a bucket, concurrent userspace bpf_map_update_elem() and
bpf program bpf_sk_storage_{get,delete}() may experience
some undesirable delays as they will compete with bpf_iter
for bucket lock.
Note that the number of buckets for bpf_sk_storage_map
is roughly the same as the number of cpus. So if there
are lots of sockets in the system, each bucket could
contain lots of sockets.
Different actual use cases may experience different delays.
Here, using selftest bpf_iter subtest bpf_sk_storage_map,
I hacked the kernel with ktime_get_mono_fast_ns()
to collect the time when a bucket was locked
during bpf_iter prog traversing that bucket. This way,
the maximum incurred delay was measured w.r.t. the
number of elements in a bucket.
# elems in each bucket delay(ns)
64 17000
256 72512
2048 875246
The potential delays will be further increased if
we have even more elemnts in a bucket. Using rcu_read_lock()
is a reasonable compromise here. It may lose some precision, e.g.,
access stale sockets, but it will not hurt performance of
bpf program or user space application which also tries
to get/delete or update map elements.
Signed-off-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Cc: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200916224645.720172-1-yhs@fb.com
Function prototypes using ARG_PTR_TO_BTF_ID currently use two ways to signal
which BTF IDs are acceptable. First, bpf_func_proto.btf_id is an array of
IDs, one for each argument. This array is only accessed up to the highest
numbered argument that uses ARG_PTR_TO_BTF_ID and may therefore be less than
five arguments long. It usually points at a BTF_ID_LIST. Second, check_btf_id
is a function pointer that is called by the verifier if present. It gets the
actual BTF ID of the register, and the argument number we're currently checking.
It turns out that the only user check_arg_btf_id ignores the argument, and is
simply used to check whether the BTF ID has a struct sock_common at it's start.
Replace both of these mechanisms with an explicit BTF ID for each argument
in a function proto. Thanks to btf_struct_ids_match this is very flexible:
check_arg_btf_id can be replaced by requiring struct sock_common.
Signed-off-by: Lorenz Bauer <lmb@cloudflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200921121227.255763-5-lmb@cloudflare.com
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQFHBAABCgAxFiEEK3kIWJt9yTYMP3ehqclaivrt76kFAl9onIcTHG1rbEBwZW5n
dXRyb25peC5kZQAKCRCpyVqK+u3vqf2aCACpwHz9PLKTX4zNDnDRsA7x4c+Gk2nU
FOgwodyk9ayax1lLYkgq3ynlb5zM4tRNKLJguoJX69pVvw87uPwBhEbQWQkFFZoW
ErkAmYgzGeoA2bu/iJnbsktm7uyEv5a5SntZ+3DSfdnJhuZoU2WfgGa0Z6yDYlWG
W6/Dy66XGKzCrK1iFOyvvaNDOhS+Jkul1JWcyhrztQeCbIPTiqVztaE/QA+5cDoT
ScO4LdHx7U49XQMiNUjrHFv8qso7fVPicqnefWb19w22wixPzUSGNjCOk284qLn9
eldxYwN77sC8VzPIiyKv7sW8z1o+lq1uTeO5Aa+ATqhCdwTmeNIVfJsp
=C8ET
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-5.10-20200921' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2020-09-21
this is a pull request of 38 patches for net-next.
the first 5 patches are by Colin Ian King, Alexandre Belloni and me and they
fix various spelling mistakes.
The next patch is by me and fixes the indention in the CAN raw protocol
according to the kernel coding style.
Diego Elio Pettenò contributes two patches to fix dead links in CAN's Kconfig.
Masahiro Yamada's patch removes the "WITH Linux-syscall-note" from SPDX tag of
C files.
AThe next 4 patches are by me and target the CAN device infrastructure and add
error propagation and improve the output of various messages to ease driver
development and debugging.
YueHaibing's patch for the c_can driver removes an unused inline function.
Next follows another patch by Colin Ian King, which removes the unneeded
initialization of a variable in the mcba_usb driver.
A patch by me annotates a fallthrough in the mscan driver.
The ti_hecc driver is converted to use devm_platform_ioremap_resource_byname()
in a patch by Dejin Zheng.
Liu Shixin's patch converts the pcan_usb_pro driver to make use of
le32_add_cpu() instead of open coding it.
Wang Hai's patch for the peak_pciefd_main driver removes an unused makro.
Vaibhav Gupta's patch converts the pch_can driver to generic power management.
Stephane Grosjean improves the pcan_usb usb driver by first documenting the
commands sent to the device and by adding support of rxerr/txerr counters.
The next patch is by me and cleans up the Kconfig of the CAN SPI drivers.
The next 6 patches all target the mcp251x driver, they are by Timo Schlüßler,
Andy Shevchenko, Tim Harvey and me. They update the DT bindings documentation,
sort the include files alphabetically, add GPIO support, make use of the
readx_poll_timeout() helper, and add support for half duplex SPI-controllers.
Wolfram Sang contributes a patch to update the contact email address in the
mscan driver, while Zhang Changzhong updates the clock handling.
The next patch is by and updates the rx-offload infrastructure to support
callback less usage.
The last 6 patches add support for the mcp25xxfd CAN SPI driver. First the
dt-bindings are added by Oleksij Rempel, the regmap infrastructure and the main
driver is contributed by me. Kurt Van Dijck adds listen-only support,
Manivannan Sadhasivam adds himself as maintainer, and Thomas Kopp himself as a
reviewer.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* some AP-side infrastructure for FILS discovery and
unsolicited probe resonses
* a major rework of the encapsulation/header conversion
offload from Felix, to fit better with e.g. AP_VLAN
interfaces
* performance fix for VHT A-MPDU size, don't limit to HT
* some initial patches for S1G (sub 1 GHz) support, more
will come in this area
* minor cleanups
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=Bnsm
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-net-next-2020-09-21' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
This time we have:
* some AP-side infrastructure for FILS discovery and
unsolicited probe resonses
* a major rework of the encapsulation/header conversion
offload from Felix, to fit better with e.g. AP_VLAN
interfaces
* performance fix for VHT A-MPDU size, don't limit to HT
* some initial patches for S1G (sub 1 GHz) support, more
will come in this area
* minor cleanups
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* fix using HE on 2.4 GHz
* AQL (airtime queue limit) estimation & VHT160 fix
* do not oversize A-MPDUs if local capability is smaller than peer's
* fix radiotap on 6 GHz to not put 2.4 GHz flag
* fix Kconfig for lib80211
* little fixlet for 6 GHz channel number / frequency conversion
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=ZjBk
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-net-2020-09-21' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Just a few fixes:
* fix using HE on 2.4 GHz
* AQL (airtime queue limit) estimation & VHT160 fix
* do not oversize A-MPDUs if local capability is smaller than peer's
* fix radiotap on 6 GHz to not put 2.4 GHz flag
* fix Kconfig for lib80211
* little fixlet for 6 GHz channel number / frequency conversion
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace a comma between expression statements by a semicolon.
Signed-off-by: Xu Wang <vulab@iscas.ac.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 37ab4fa784 ("net: unix: allow bind to fail on mutex lock"),
the assignment to err is redundant. So remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jing Xiangfeng <jingxiangfeng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the backlog status in not exposed to user-space.
Since long backlogs (or simply not empty ones) can be a
source of noticeable latency, -RT deployments need some way
to inspect it.
Additionally, there isn't a direct match between 'softnet_stat'
lines and the related CPU - sd for offline CPUs are not dumped -
so this patch also includes the CPU id into such entry.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sg_init_table zeroes its first argument, so the allocation of that argument
doesn't have to.
the semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression x,n,flags;
@@
x =
- kcalloc
+ kmalloc_array
(n,sizeof(*x),flags)
...
sg_init_table(x,n)
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@inria.fr>
Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Rationale:
Reduces attack surface on kernel devs opening the links for MITM
as HTTPS traffic is much harder to manipulate.
Deterministic algorithm:
For each file:
If not .svg:
For each line:
If doesn't contain `\bxmlns\b`:
For each link, `\bhttp://[^# \t\r\n]*(?:\w|/)`:
If both the HTTP and HTTPS versions
return 200 OK and serve the same content:
Replace HTTP with HTTPS.
Signed-off-by: Alexander A. Klimov <grandmaster@al2klimov.de>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Remove redundant call sites or call sites that are already covered
by tracepoints.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Remove several redundant dprintk call sites, and replace a couple of
potentially useful ones with tracepoints.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
In many cases, tracepoints already report these errors. In others,
the dprintks were mainly useful when this code was less mature.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Clean up: These are superfluous now that rpc_create() and friends
have tracepoints to report errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Clean up: Other XDR functions no longer have dprintk call sites.
These were added during development and can be removed now that
the code is mature.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
In many cases, tracepoints already report these errors. In others,
the dprintks were mainly useful when this code was less mature.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Time to remove dprintk call sites in here.
Regarding the rpc_bind_status tracepoint: It's friendlier to
administrators if they don't have to look up the error code to
figure out what went wrong. Replace trace_rpc_bind_status with a
set of tracepoints that report more specifically what the problem
was, and what RPC program/version was being queried.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Clean up.
When enabled, this dprintk adds a line in /var/log/messages after
every RPC that reports the task ID (no connection to on the wire
XID values) and the RPC's result (no connection to the program,
operation, or the arguments and results).
Thus it's value is pretty low. Let's remove it.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Clean up: Replace dprintk call sites.
Note that rpc_call_rpcerror() already has a trace point, so perhaps
adding trace_rpc_refresh_status() isn't necessary. However, it does
report a particular category of error.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
For a long while we've wanted a tracepoint that fires when a major
timeout is reported in the system log. Such a tracepoint can be
attached to other actions that can take place when a timeout is
detected (eg, server or connection health assessment).
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
The original purpose of this expensive call is to prevent a long
queue of requests from blocking other work.
The cond_resched() call is unnecessary after just a single send
operation.
For longer queues, instead of invoking the kernel scheduler, simply
release the transport send lock and return to the RPC scheduler.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
This trace event can be used to audit transport connections from the
client.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Clean up: The rpc_rpc_request tracepoint serves the same purpose.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Clean up: The rpc_task_run_action tracepoint serves the same
purpose.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
"no socket space" is an exceptional and infrequent condition
that troubleshooters want to know about.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Generate a trace event when an RPC request is queued without being
sent immediately.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Replace a dprintk() with a tracepoint. The tracepoint marks the
point where an RPC request is assigned an XID.
Additional clean up: Remove trace_xprt_enq_xmit, which reports much
the same thing. That tracepoint was added for debugging commit
918f3c1fe8 ("SUNRPC: Improve latency for interactive tasks").
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
These instruments don't appear to add any substantial value.
We already have this at the termination of each RPC:
iozone-2617 [002] 975.713126: rpc_stats_latency: task:418@5 xid=0x260eab5d nfsv3 LOOKUP backlog=15 rtt=32 execute=58
iozone-2617 [002] 975.713127: xprt_release_cong: task:418@5 snd_task:4294967295 cong=256 cwnd=16384
iozone-2617 [002] 975.713127: xprt_put_cong: task:418@5 snd_task:4294967295 cong=0 cwnd=16384
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Introduce a tracepoint in call_allocate that reports the exact
sizes in the RPC buffer allocation request and the status of the
result. This helps catch problems with XDR buffer provisioning,
and replaces transport-specific debugging instrumentation.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Request completion is already recorded by an "rpc_task_wakeup
queue=xprt_pending" trace record. A subsequent rpc_xdr_recvfrom
trace record shows the number of bytes received.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Current behaviour: every time a v3 operation is re-sent to the server
we update (double) the timeout. There is no distinction between whether
or not the previous timer had expired before the re-sent happened.
Here's the scenario:
1. Client sends a v3 operation
2. Server RST-s the connection (prior to the timeout) (eg., connection
is immediately reset)
3. Client re-sends a v3 operation but the timeout is now 120sec.
As a result, an application sees 2mins pause before a retry in case
server again does not reply. Where as if a connection reset didn't
change the timeout value, the client would have re-tried (the 3rd
time) after 60secs.
Signed-off-by: Olga Kornievskaia <kolga@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
The "WITH Linux-syscall-note" exception is intended for UAPI headers.
See LICENSES/exceptions/Linux-syscall-note
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200403073741.18352-1-masahiroy@kernel.org
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
sg_init_table zeroes its first argument, so the allocation of that argument
doesn't have to.
the semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression x,n,flags;
@@
x =
- kcalloc
+ kmalloc_array
(n,sizeof(*x),flags)
...
sg_init_table(x,n)
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@inria.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check whether there is any hwaccel VLAN tag on RX, and if there is,
treat it as the tag_8021q header.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The whole purpose of tag_8021q is to send VLAN-tagged traffic to the
CPU, from which the driver can decode the source port and switch id.
Currently this only works if the VLAN filtering on the master is
disabled. Change that by explicitly adding code to tag_8021q.c to add
the VLANs corresponding to the tags to the filter of the master
interface.
Because we now need to call vlan_vid_add, then we also need to hold the
RTNL mutex. Propagate that requirement to the callers of dsa_8021q_setup
and modify the existing call sites as appropriate. Note that one call
path, sja1105_best_effort_vlan_filtering_set -> sja1105_vlan_filtering
-> sja1105_setup_8021q_tagging, was already holding this lock.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most DSA switch tags shift the EtherType to the right, causing the
master to not parse the VLAN as VLAN.
However, not all switches do that (example: tail tags, tag_8021q etc),
and if the DSA master has "rx-vlan-filter: on" in ethtool -k, then we
have a problem.
Therefore, we could populate the VLAN table of the master, just in case
(for some switches it will not make a difference), so that network I/O
can work even with a VLAN filtering master.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the bridge has VLAN awareness disabled there isn't any duplication
of functionality, since the bridge does not process VLAN. Don't deny
adding 8021q uppers to DSA switch ports in that case. The switch is
supposed to simply pass traffic leaving the VLAN tag as-is, and the
stack will happily strip the VLAN tag for all 8021q uppers that exist.
We need to ensure that there are no 8021q uppers when the user attempts
to enable bridge vlan_filtering.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current logic beats me a little bit. The comment that "bridge skips
-EOPNOTSUPP, so skip the prepare phase" was introduced in commit
fb2dabad69 ("net: dsa: support VLAN filtering switchdev attr").
I'm not sure:
(a) ok, the bridge skips -EOPNOTSUPP, but, so what, where are we
returning -EOPNOTSUPP?
(b) even if we are, and I'm just not seeing it, what is the causality
relationship between the bridge skipping -EOPNOTSUPP and DSA
skipping the prepare phase, and just returning zero?
One thing is certain beyond doubt though, and that is that DSA currently
refuses VLAN filtering from the "commit" phase instead of "prepare", and
that this is not a good thing:
ip link add br0 type bridge
ip link add br1 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp2 master br0
ip link set swp3 master br1
[ 3790.379389] 001: sja1105 spi0.1: VLAN filtering is a global setting
[ 3790.379399] 001: ------------[ cut here ]------------
[ 3790.379403] 001: WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 515 at net/switchdev/switchdev.c:157 switchdev_port_attr_set_now+0x9c/0xa4
[ 3790.379420] 001: swp3: Commit of attribute (id=6) failed.
[ 3790.379533] 001: [<c11ff588>] (switchdev_port_attr_set_now) from [<c11b62e4>] (nbp_vlan_init+0x84/0x148)
[ 3790.379544] 001: [<c11b62e4>] (nbp_vlan_init) from [<c11a2ff0>] (br_add_if+0x514/0x670)
[ 3790.379554] 001: [<c11a2ff0>] (br_add_if) from [<c1031b5c>] (do_setlink+0x38c/0xab0)
[ 3790.379565] 001: [<c1031b5c>] (do_setlink) from [<c1036fe8>] (__rtnl_newlink+0x44c/0x748)
[ 3790.379573] 001: [<c1036fe8>] (__rtnl_newlink) from [<c1037328>] (rtnl_newlink+0x44/0x60)
[ 3790.379580] 001: [<c1037328>] (rtnl_newlink) from [<c10315fc>] (rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x124/0x2f8)
[ 3790.379590] 001: [<c10315fc>] (rtnetlink_rcv_msg) from [<c10926b8>] (netlink_rcv_skb+0xb8/0x110)
[ 3790.379806] 001: ---[ end trace 0000000000000002 ]---
[ 3790.379819] 001: sja1105 spi0.1 swp3: failed to initialize vlan filtering on this port
So move the current logic that may fail (except ds->ops->port_vlan_filtering,
that is way harder) into the prepare stage of the switchdev transaction.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is checking for the following order of operations, and makes sure
to deny that configuration:
ip link add link swp2 name swp2.100 type vlan id 100
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp2 master br0
bridge vlan add dev swp2 vid 100
Instead of using vlan_for_each(), which looks at the VLAN filters
installed with vlan_vid_add(), just track the 8021q uppers. This has the
advantage of freeing up the vlan_vid_add() call for actual VLAN
filtering.
There is another change in this patch. The check is moved in slave.c,
from switch.c. I don't think it makes sense to have this 8021q upper
check for each switch port that gets notified of that VLAN addition
(these include DSA links and CPU ports, we know those can't have 8021q
uppers because they don't have a net_device registered for them), so
just do it in slave.c, for that one slave interface.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA tries to prevent having a VLAN added by a bridge and by an 802.1Q
upper at the same time. It does that by checking the VID in
.ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid(), since that's something that the 8021q module
calls, via vlan_vid_add(). When a VLAN matches in both subsystems, this
check returns -EBUSY.
However the vlan_vid_add() function isn't specific to the 8021q module
in any way at all. It is simply the kernel's way to tell an interface to
add a VLAN to its RX filter and not drop that VLAN. So there's no reason
to return -EBUSY when somebody tries to call vlan_vid_add() for a VLAN
that was installed by the bridge. The proper behavior is to accept that
configuration.
So what's wrong is how DSA checks that it has an 8021q upper. It should
look at the actual uppers for that, not just assume that the 8021q
module was somewhere in the call stack of .ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid().
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We'll be adding a new check in the PRECHANGEUPPER notifier, where we'll
need to check some VLAN uppers. It is hard to do that when there is
already a function named dsa_slave_upper_vlan_check. So rename this one.
Not to mention that this function probably shouldn't have started with
"dsa_slave_" in the first place, since the struct net_device argument
isn't a DSA slave, but an 8021q upper of one.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There doesn't seem to be any strong technical reason for doing it this
way, but we'll be adding more checks for invalid upper device
configurations, and it will be easier to have them all grouped under
PRECHANGEUPPER.
Tested that it still works:
ip link set br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link add link swp2 name swp2.100 type vlan id 100
ip link set swp2.100 master br0
[ 20.321312] br0: port 5(swp2.100) entered blocking state
[ 20.326711] br0: port 5(swp2.100) entered disabled state
Error: dsa_core: Cannot enslave VLAN device into VLAN aware bridge.
[ 20.346549] br0: port 5(swp2.100) entered blocking state
[ 20.351957] br0: port 5(swp2.100) entered disabled state
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When budget is non-zero, skb_unref() has already handled the
NULL checking.
When budget is zero, the dev_consume_skb_any() has handled NULL
checking in __dev_kfree_skb_irq(), or dev_kfree_skb() which also
ultimately call skb_unref().
So remove the unnecessary checking in napi_consume_skb().
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When calculating ancestor_size with IPv6 enabled, simply using
sizeof(struct ipv6_pinfo) doesn't account for extra bytes needed for
alignment in the struct sctp6_sock. On x86, there aren't any extra
bytes, but on ARM the ipv6_pinfo structure is aligned on an 8-byte
boundary so there were 4 pad bytes that were omitted from the
ancestor_size calculation. This would lead to corruption of the
pd_lobby pointers, causing an oops when trying to free the sctp
structure on socket close.
Fixes: 636d25d557 ("sctp: not copy sctp_sock pd_lobby in sctp_copy_descendant")
Signed-off-by: Henry Ptasinski <hptasinski@google.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the code auto-creates hci_conn only if the remote address has
been discovered before. This may not be the case. For example, the
remote device may trigger connection after reboot at already-paired
state so there is no inquiry result found, but it is still correct to
create the hci_conn when Connection Complete event is received.
A better guard is to check against bredr allowlist. Devices in the
allowlist have been given permission to auto-connect.
Fixes: 4f40afc6c7 ("Bluetooth: Handle BR/EDR devices during suspend")
Signed-off-by: Sonny Sasaka <sonnysasaka@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Abhishek Pandit-Subedi <abhishekpandit@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Set scan parameters when there is at least one Advertisement monitor.
Signed-off-by: Howard Chung <howardchung@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Alain Michaud <alainm@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Manish Mandlik <mmandlik@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Abhishek Pandit-Subedi <abhishekpandit@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Miao-chen Chou <mcchou@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This fixes the count of Adv monitor upon monitor removal.
The following test was performed.
- Start two btmgmt consoles, issue a btmgmt advmon-remove command on one
console and observe a MGMT_EV_ADV_MONITOR_REMOVED event on the other.
Signed-off-by: Miao-chen Chou <mcchou@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Howard Chung <howardchung@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Alain Michaud <alainm@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Add entries for the 100base-FX full and half duplex supported modes.
$ ethtool eth0
Supported ports: [ FIBRE ]
Supported link modes: 100baseFX/Half 100baseFX/Full
Supported pause frame use: Symmetric Receive-only
Supports auto-negotiation: No
Supported FEC modes: Not reported
Advertised link modes: 100baseFX/Half 100baseFX/Full
Advertised pause frame use: No
Advertised auto-negotiation: No
Advertised FEC modes: Not reported
Speed: 100Mb/s
Duplex: Full
Auto-negotiation: off
Port: MII
PHYAD: 1
Transceiver: external
Supports Wake-on: gs
Wake-on: d
SecureOn password: 00:00:00:00:00:00
Current message level: 0x00000000 (0)
Link detected: yes
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb->nh.raw has been renamed as skb->network_header in 2007, in
commit b0e380b1d8 ("[SK_BUFF]: unions of just one member don't get
anything done, kill them")
So here we change it to the new name.
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemdebruijn.kernel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xie He <xie.he.0141@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow the DSA drivers to implement the devlink call to get info info,
e.g. driver name, firmware version, ASIC ID, etc.
v2:
Combine declaration and the assignment on a single line.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow DSA drivers to make use of devlink regions, via simple wrappers.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Given a devlink instance, return the dsa switch it is associated to.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the region to be snapshotted to the function performing the
snapshot. This allows one function to operate on numerous regions.
v4:
Add missing kerneldoc for ICE
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When IPV6_SEG6_HMAC is enabled and CRYPTO is disabled, it results in the
following Kbuild warning:
WARNING: unmet direct dependencies detected for CRYPTO_HMAC
Depends on [n]: CRYPTO [=n]
Selected by [y]:
- IPV6_SEG6_HMAC [=y] && NET [=y] && INET [=y] && IPV6 [=y]
WARNING: unmet direct dependencies detected for CRYPTO_SHA1
Depends on [n]: CRYPTO [=n]
Selected by [y]:
- IPV6_SEG6_HMAC [=y] && NET [=y] && INET [=y] && IPV6 [=y]
WARNING: unmet direct dependencies detected for CRYPTO_SHA256
Depends on [n]: CRYPTO [=n]
Selected by [y]:
- IPV6_SEG6_HMAC [=y] && NET [=y] && INET [=y] && IPV6 [=y]
The reason is that IPV6_SEG6_HMAC selects CRYPTO_HMAC, CRYPTO_SHA1, and
CRYPTO_SHA256 without depending on or selecting CRYPTO while those configs
are subordinate to CRYPTO.
Honor the kconfig menu hierarchy to remove kconfig dependency warnings.
Fixes: bf355b8d2c ("ipv6: sr: add core files for SR HMAC support")
Signed-off-by: Necip Fazil Yildiran <fazilyildiran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- fix wrong type use in backbone_gw hash, by Linus Luessing
- disable TT re-routing for multicast packets, by Linus Luessing
- Add missing include for in_interrupt(), by Sven Eckelmann
- fix BLA/multicast issues for packets sent via unicast,
by Linus Luessing (3 patches)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=JjK9
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'batadv-net-for-davem-20200918' of git://git.open-mesh.org/linux-merge
Simon Wunderlich says:
====================
Here are some batman-adv bugfixes:
- fix wrong type use in backbone_gw hash, by Linus Luessing
- disable TT re-routing for multicast packets, by Linus Luessing
- Add missing include for in_interrupt(), by Sven Eckelmann
- fix BLA/multicast issues for packets sent via unicast,
by Linus Luessing (3 patches)
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the header file containing a function's prototype isn't included by
the sourcefile containing the associated function, the build system
complains of missing prototypes.
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
net/tipc/udp_media.c:446:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘tipc_udp_nl_dump_remoteip’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
net/tipc/udp_media.c:532:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘tipc_udp_nl_add_bearer_data’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
net/tipc/udp_media.c:614:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘tipc_udp_nl_bearer_add’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Historically L2TP core statistics count the L2TP header in the
per-session and per-tunnel byte counts tracked for transmission and
receipt.
Now that l2tp_xmit_skb updates tx stats, it is necessary for
l2tp_xmit_core to pass out the length of the transmitted packet so that
the statistics can be updated correctly.
Signed-off-by: Tom Parkin <tparkin@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the function ovs_ct_limit_exit, there is already a helper vaibale
which could be reused to improve the readability, so i fix it in this
patch.
Signed-off-by: Zeng Tao <prime.zeng@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drop repeated words in net/bridge/.
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@nvidia.com>
Cc: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com>
Cc: bridge@lists.linux-foundation.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drop repeated words in net/atm/.
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: Chas Williams <3chas3@gmail.com>
Cc: linux-atm-general@lists.sourceforge.net
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drop repeated words in net/tipc/.
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Cc: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Cc: tipc-discussion@lists.sourceforge.net
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drop repeated words in net/bluetooth/.
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drop repeated words in net/ipv6/.
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drop repeated words in net/rds/.
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.com>
Cc: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Cc: rds-devel@oss.oracle.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drop repeated words in net/core/.
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rekeying is required for security since a key is less secure when using
for a long time. Also, key will be detached when its nonce value (or
seqno ...) is exhausted. We now make the rekeying process automatic and
configurable by user.
Basically, TIPC will at a specific interval generate a new key by using
the kernel 'Random Number Generator' cipher, then attach it as the node
TX key and securely distribute to others in the cluster as RX keys (-
the key exchange). The automatic key switching will then take over, and
make the new key active shortly. Afterwards, the traffic from this node
will be encrypted with the new session key. The same can happen in peer
nodes but not necessarily at the same time.
For simplicity, the automatically generated key will be initiated as a
per node key. It is not too hard to also support a cluster key rekeying
(e.g. a given node will generate a unique cluster key and update to the
others in the cluster...), but that doesn't bring much benefit, while a
per-node key is even more secure.
We also enable user to force a rekeying or change the rekeying interval
via netlink, the new 'set key' command option: 'TIPC_NLA_NODE_REKEYING'
is added for these purposes as follows:
- A value >= 1 will be set as the rekeying interval (in minutes);
- A value of 0 will disable the rekeying;
- A value of 'TIPC_REKEYING_NOW' (~0) will force an immediate rekeying;
The default rekeying interval is (60 * 24) minutes i.e. done every day.
There isn't any restriction for the value but user shouldn't set it too
small or too large which results in an "ineffective" rekeying (thats ok
for testing though).
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With support from the master key option in the previous commit, it
becomes easy to make frequent updates/exchanges of session keys between
authenticated cluster nodes.
Basically, there are two situations where the key exchange will take in
place:
- When a new node joins the cluster (with the master key), it will need
to get its peer's TX key, so that be able to decrypt further messages
from that peer.
- When a new session key is generated (by either user manual setting or
later automatic rekeying feature), the key will be distributed to all
peer nodes in the cluster.
A key to be exchanged is encapsulated in the data part of a 'MSG_CRYPTO
/KEY_DISTR_MSG' TIPC v2 message, then xmit-ed as usual and encrypted by
using the master key before sending out. Upon receipt of the message it
will be decrypted in the same way as regular messages, then attached as
the sender's RX key in the receiver node.
In this way, the key exchange is reliable by the link layer, as well as
security, integrity and authenticity by the crypto layer.
Also, the forward security will be easily achieved by user changing the
master key actively but this should not be required very frequently.
The key exchange feature is independent on the presence of a master key
Note however that the master key still is needed for new nodes to be
able to join the cluster. It is also optional, and can be turned off/on
via the sysfs: 'net/tipc/key_exchange_enabled' [default 1: enabled].
Backward compatibility is guaranteed because for nodes that do not have
master key support, key exchange using master key ie. tx_key = 0 if any
will be shortly discarded at the message validation step. In other
words, the key exchange feature will be automatically disabled to those
nodes.
v2: fix the "implicit declaration of function 'tipc_crypto_key_flush'"
error in node.c. The function only exists when built with the TIPC
"CONFIG_TIPC_CRYPTO" option.
v3: use 'info->extack' for a message emitted due to netlink operations
instead (- David's comment).
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In addition to the supported cluster & per-node encryption keys for the
en/decryption of TIPC messages, we now introduce one option for user to
set a cluster key as 'master key', which is simply a symmetric key like
the former but has a longer life cycle. It has two purposes:
- Authentication of new member nodes in the cluster. New nodes, having
no knowledge of current session keys in the cluster will still be
able to join the cluster as long as they know the master key. This is
because all neighbor discovery (LINK_CONFIG) messages must be
encrypted with this key.
- Encryption of session encryption keys during automatic exchange and
update of those.This is a feature we will introduce in a later commit
in this series.
We insert the new key into the currently unused slot 0 in the key array
and start using it immediately once the user has set it.
After joining, a node only knowing the master key should be fully
communicable to existing nodes in the cluster, although those nodes may
have their own session keys activated (i.e. not the master one). To
support this, we define a 'grace period', starting from the time a node
itself reports having no RX keys, so the existing nodes will use the
master key for encryption instead. The grace period can be extended but
will automatically stop after e.g. 5 seconds without a new report. This
is also the basis for later key exchanging feature as the new node will
be impossible to decrypt anything without the support from master key.
For user to set a master key, we define a new netlink flag -
'TIPC_NLA_NODE_KEY_MASTER', so it can be added to the current 'set key'
netlink command to specify the setting key to be a master key.
Above all, the traditional cluster/per-node key mechanism is guaranteed
to work when user comes not to use this master key option. This is also
compatible to legacy nodes without the feature supported.
Even this master key can be updated without any interruption of cluster
connectivity but is so is needed, this has to be coordinated and set by
the user.
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We reduce the lasting time for a pending TX key to be active as well as
for a passive RX key to be freed which generally helps speed up the key
switching. It is not expected to be too fast but should not be too slow
either. Also the key handling logic is simplified that a pending RX key
will be removed automatically if it is found not working after a number
of times; the probing for a pending TX key is now carried on a specific
message user ('LINK_PROTOCOL' or 'LINK_CONFIG') which is more efficient
than using a timer on broadcast messages, the timer is reserved for use
later as needed.
The kernel logs or 'pr***()' are now made as clear as possible to user.
Some prints are added, removed or changed to the debug-level. The
'TIPC_CRYPTO_DEBUG' definition is removed, and the 'pr_debug()' is used
instead which will be much helpful in runtime.
Besides we also optimize the code in some other places as a preparation
for later commits.
v2: silent more kernel logs, also use 'info->extack' for a message
emitted due to netlink operations instead (- David's comments).
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dev flash status notify function parameter lists are getting
rather long, so add a struct to be filled and passed rather than
continuously changing the function signatures.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a timeout element to the DEVLINK_CMD_FLASH_UPDATE_STATUS
netlink message for use by a userland utility to show that
a particular firmware flash activity may take a long but
bounded time to finish. Also add a handy helper for drivers
to make use of the new timeout value.
UI usage hints:
- if non-zero, add timeout display to the end of the status line
[component] status_msg ( Xm Ys : Am Bs )
using the timeout value for Am Bs and updating the Xm Ys
every second
- if the timeout expires while awaiting the next update,
display something like
[component] status_msg ( timeout reached : Am Bs )
- if new status notify messages are received, remove
the timeout and start over
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ocelot_port->ts_id is used to:
(a) populate skb->cb[0] for matching the TX timestamp in the PTP IRQ
with an skb.
(b) populate the REW_OP from the injection header of the ongoing skb.
Only then is ocelot_port->ts_id incremented.
This is a problem because, at least theoretically, another timestampable
skb might use the same ocelot_port->ts_id before that is incremented.
Normally all transmit calls are serialized by the netdev transmit
spinlock, but in this case, ocelot_port_add_txtstamp_skb() is also
called by DSA, which has started declaring the NETIF_F_LLTX feature
since commit 2b86cb8299 ("net: dsa: declare lockless TX feature for
slave ports"). So the logic of using and incrementing the timestamp id
should be atomic per port.
The solution is to use the global ocelot_port->ts_id only while
protected by the associated ocelot_port->ts_id_lock. That's where we
populate skb->cb[0]. Note that for ocelot, ocelot_port_add_txtstamp_skb
is called for the actual skb, but for felix, it is called for the skb's
clone. That is something which will also be changed in the future.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The combination of aca_free_rcu, introduced in commit 2384d02520
("net/ipv6: Add anycast addresses to a global hashtable"), and
fib6_info_destroy_rcu, introduced in commit 9b0a8da8c4 ("net/ipv6:
respect rcu grace period before freeing fib6_info"), can result in
an extra rcu grace period being needed when deleting an interface,
with the result that netdev_wait_allrefs ends up hitting the msleep(250),
which is considerably longer than the required grace period.
This can result in long delays when deleting a large number of interfaces,
and it can be observed with this script:
ns=dummy-ns
NIFS=100
ip netns add $ns
ip netns exec $ns ip link set lo up
ip netns exec $ns sysctl net.ipv6.conf.default.disable_ipv6=0
ip netns exec $ns sysctl net.ipv6.conf.default.forwarding=1
for ((i=0; i<$NIFS; i++))
do
if=eth$i
ip netns exec $ns ip link add $if type dummy
ip netns exec $ns ip link set $if up
ip netns exec $ns ip -6 addr add 2021:$i::1/120 dev $if
done
for ((i=0; i<$NIFS; i++))
do
if=eth$i
ip netns exec $ns ip link del $if
done
ip netns del $ns
Instead of using a fixed msleep(250), this patch tries an extra
rcu_barrier() followed by an exponential backoff.
Time with this patch on a 5.4 kernel:
real 0m7.704s
user 0m0.385s
sys 0m1.230s
Time without this patch:
real 0m31.522s
user 0m0.438s
sys 0m1.156s
v2: use exponential backoff instead of trying to wake up
netdev_wait_allrefs.
v3: preserve reverse christmas tree ordering of local variables
v4: try an extra rcu_barrier before the backoff, plus some
cosmetic changes.
Signed-off-by: Francesco Ruggeri <fruggeri@arista.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds mac80211 support to configure unsolicited
broadcast probe response transmission for in-band discovery in 6GHz.
Changes include functions to store and retrieve probe response template,
and packet interval (0 - 20 TUs).
Setting interval to 0 disables the unsolicited broadcast probe response
transmission.
Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/010101747a946b35-ad25858a-1f1f-48df-909e-dc7bf26d9169-000000@us-west-2.amazonses.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds new attributes to support unsolicited broadcast
probe response transmission used for in-band
discovery in 6GHz band (IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2, AP behavior for
fast passive scanning).
The new attribute, NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, is nested which
supports following parameters:
(1) NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT - Packet interval
(2) NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL - Template data
Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/010101747a946698-aac263ae-2ed3-4dab-9590-0bc7131214e1-000000@us-west-2.amazonses.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When trying to associate to an AP support 180 or 80+80 MHz on 6 GHz with a
STA that only has 80 Mhz support the cf2 field inside the chandef will get
set causing the association to fail when trying to validate the chandef.
Fix this by checking the support flags prior to setting cf2.
Fixes: 57fa5e85d5 ("mac80211: determine chandef from HE 6 GHz operation")
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200918115304.1135693-1-john@phrozen.org
[reword commit message a bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some APs (e.g. Asus RT-AC88U) have been observed to report an HT MSDU size
limit of 3839 and a VHT limit of 7991. These APs can handle bigger frames
than 3839 bytes just fine, so we should remove the VHT limit based on the
HT capabilities. This improves tx throughput.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200916164611.8022-1-nbd@nbd.name
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
S1G channels have a single width defined per frequency, so
derive it from the channel flags with
ieee80211_s1g_channel_width().
Also support setting an S1G channel where control frequency may
differ from operating, and add some basic validation to
ensure the control channel is with the operating.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908190323.15814-6-thomas@adapt-ip.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The S1G beacon has a different header size than regular
beacons, so adjust the beacon head validator.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908190323.15814-5-thomas@adapt-ip.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
S1G channels have a minimum bandwidth of 1Mhz, and there
is a 1:1 mapping of allowed bandwidth to channel number.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908190323.15814-4-thomas@adapt-ip.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
S1G supports 5 channel widths: 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16. One
channel width is allowed per frequency in each operating
class, so it makes more sense to advertise the specific
channel width allowed.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908190323.15814-3-thomas@adapt-ip.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove the newly added ieee80211_set_vif_encap_ops declaration.
No further code changes.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908123702.88454-15-nbd@nbd.name
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For encap-offloaded packets, ieee80211_free_txskb cannot be used, since it
does not have the vif pointer.
Using ieee80211_tx_status_ext for this purpose has the advantage of being able
avoid an extra station lookup for AQL
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908123702.88454-12-nbd@nbd.name
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make ieee80211_tx_status_8023 call ieee80211_tx_status_ext, similar to
ieee80211_tx_status.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908123702.88454-11-nbd@nbd.name
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Calling mod_timer for every rx/tx packet can be quite expensive.
Instead of constantly updating the timer, we can simply let it run out
and check the timestamp of the last ACK or rx packet to re-arm it.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908123702.88454-9-nbd@nbd.name
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to unify the tx status path, the hw 802.11 encapsulation flag
needs to survive the trip to the tx status call.
Since we don't have any free bits in info->flags, we need to move one.
IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING is only used internally in mac80211,
and only before the call into the driver.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908123702.88454-10-nbd@nbd.name
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All drivers using airtime fairness are calling ieee80211_sta_register_airtime
directly, now they must. Document this as well.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908123702.88454-8-nbd@nbd.name
[johannes: update the documentation to suit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move redundant functionality from __ieee80211_tx_status into
ieee80211_tx_status_ext. Preparation for unifying with the 802.3 tx status
codepath.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908123702.88454-7-nbd@nbd.name
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The current API (which lets the driver turn on/off per vif directly) has a
number of limitations:
- it does not deal with AP_VLAN
- conditions for enabling (no tkip, no monitor) are only checked at
add_interface time
- no way to indicate 4-addr support
In order to address this, store offload flags in struct ieee80211_vif
(easy to extend for decap offload later). mac80211 initially sets the enable
flag, but gives the driver a chance to modify it before its settings are
applied. In addition to the .add_interface op, a .update_vif_offload op is
introduced, which can be used for runtime changes.
If a driver can't disable encap offload at runtime, or if it has some extra
limitations, it can simply override the flags within those ops.
Support for encap offload with 4-address mode interfaces can be enabled
by setting a flag from .add_interface or .update_vif_offload.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908123702.88454-6-nbd@nbd.name
[resolved conflict with commit aa2092a9ba ("ath11k: add raw mode and
software crypto support")]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This simplifies the checks in the encap offload tx handler and allows using
it in cases where software crypto is used for multicast packets, e.g. when
using an AP_VLAN.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908123702.88454-4-nbd@nbd.name
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Update the last_tx timestamp to avoid tearing down the aggregation session
early. Fall back to the slow path if the session setup is still running
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908123702.88454-3-nbd@nbd.name
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When LIB80211_CRYPT_CCMP is enabled and CRYPTO is disabled, it results in unmet
direct dependencies config warning. The reason is that LIB80211_CRYPT_CCMP
selects CRYPTO_AES and CRYPTO_CCM, which are subordinate to CRYPTO. This is
reproducible with CRYPTO disabled and R8188EU enabled, where R8188EU selects
LIB80211_CRYPT_CCMP but does not select or depend on CRYPTO.
Honor the kconfig menu hierarchy to remove kconfig dependency warnings.
Fixes: a11e2f8548 ("lib80211: use crypto API ccm(aes) transform for CCMP processing")
Signed-off-by: Necip Fazil Yildiran <fazilyildiran@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200909095452.3080-1-fazilyildiran@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When converting from struct ieee80211_tx_rate to ieee80211_rx_status,
there was one check missing to fill in the bandwidth for 160 MHz
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200915085945.3782-2-nbd@nbd.name
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The unit of the return value of ieee80211_get_rate_duration is nanoseconds, not
microseconds. Adjust the duration checks to account for that.
For higher data rates, allow larger estimated aggregation sizes, and add some
values for HE as well, which can use much larger aggregates.
Since small packets with high data rates can now lead to duration values too
small for info->tx_time_est, return a minimum of 4us.
Fixes: f01cfbaf9b ("mac80211: improve AQL aggregation estimation for low data rates")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200915085945.3782-1-nbd@nbd.name
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Christoph reported an infinite loop in the subflow receive path
under stress condition.
If there are multiple subflows, each of them using a large send
buffer, the delta between the sequence number used by
MPTCP-level retransmission can and the current msk->ack_seq
can be greater than MAX_INT.
In the above scenario, when calling mptcp_subflow_discard_data(),
such delta will be truncated to int, and could result in a negative
number: no bytes will be dropped, and subflow_check_data_avail()
will try again to process the same packet, looping forever.
This change addresses the issue by expanding the 'limit' size to 64
bits, so that overflows are not possible anymore.
Closes: https://github.com/multipath-tcp/mptcp_net-next/issues/87
Fixes: 6719331c2f ("mptcp: trigger msk processing even for OoO data")
Reported-and-tested-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If smc_listen_rmda_finish() returns with an error, the storage
addressed by 'buf' is freed a second time.
Consolidate freeing under a common label and jump to that label.
Fixes: 6bb14e48ee ("net/smc: dynamic allocation of CLC proposal buffer")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use DEFINE_SHOW_ATTRIBUTE macro to simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Qinglang Miao <miaoqinglang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's hard to read the code without spaces around '&',
for better reading, add spaces around '&'.
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes coccicheck warnig:
net/mptcp/protocol.c:164:11-18: WARNING: Unsigned expression compared with zero: max_seq > 0
Fixes: ab174ad8ef ("mptcp: move ooo skbs into msk out of order queue")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Bin <yebin10@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tunnel offload info code uses ETHTOOL_MSG_TUNNEL_INFO_GET message type (cmd
field in genetlink header) for replies to tunnel info netlink request, i.e.
the same value as the request have. This is a problem because we are using
two separate enums for userspace to kernel and kernel to userspace message
types so that this ETHTOOL_MSG_TUNNEL_INFO_GET (28) collides with
ETHTOOL_MSG_CABLE_TEST_TDR_NTF which is what message type 28 means for
kernel to userspace messages.
As the tunnel info request reached mainline in 5.9 merge window, we should
still be able to fix the reply message type without breaking backward
compatibility.
Fixes: c7d759eb7b ("ethtool: add tunnel info interface")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Change all "dev->hard_header" to "dev->header_ops"
2. On receiving incoming frames when header_ops == NULL:
The comment only says what is wrong, but doesn't say what is right.
This patch changes the comment to make it clear what is right.
3. On transmitting and receiving outgoing frames when header_ops == NULL:
The comment explains that the LL header will be later added by the driver.
However, I think it's better to simply say that the LL header is invisible
to us. This phrasing is better from a software engineering perspective,
because this makes it clear that what happens in the driver should be
hidden from us and we should not care about what happens internally in the
driver.
4. On resuming the LL header (for RAW frames) when header_ops == NULL:
The comment says we are "unlikely" to restore the LL header.
However, we should say that we are "unable" to restore it.
It's not possible (rather than not likely) to restore it, because:
1) There is no way for us to restore because the LL header internally
processed by the driver should be invisible to us.
2) In function packet_rcv and tpacket_rcv, the code only tries to restore
the LL header when header_ops != NULL.
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemdebruijn.kernel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xie He <xie.he.0141@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
smc->clcsock and smc->clcsock->sk are used before the check if they can
be dereferenced. Fix this by checking the variables first.
Fixes: a60a2b1e0a ("net/smc: reduce active tcp_listen workers")
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we're handling TO_EXCLUDE report in EXCLUDE filter mode we should
not ignore the return value of __grp_src_toex_excl() as we'll miss
sending notifications about group changes.
Fixes: 5bf1e00b68 ("net: bridge: mcast: support for IGMPV3/MLDv2 CHANGE_TO_INCLUDE/EXCLUDE report")
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the skb Tx path, transmission of a packet is performed with
dev_direct_xmit(). When NETDEV_TX_BUSY is set in the drivers, it
signifies that it was not possible to send the packet right now,
please try later. Unfortunately, the xsk transmit code discarded the
packet and returned EBUSY to the application. Fix this unnecessary
packet loss, by not discarding the packet in the Tx ring and return
EAGAIN. As EAGAIN is returned to the application, it can then retry
the send operation later and the packet will then likely be sent as
the driver will then likely have space/resources to send the packet.
In summary, EAGAIN tells the application that the packet was not
discarded from the Tx ring and that it needs to call send()
again. EBUSY, on the other hand, signifies that the packet was not
sent and discarded from the Tx ring. The application needs to put
the packet on the Tx ring again if it wants it to be sent.
Fixes: 35fcde7f8d ("xsk: support for Tx")
Reported-by: Arkadiusz Zema <A.Zema@falconvsystems.com>
Suggested-by: Arkadiusz Zema <A.Zema@falconvsystems.com>
Suggested-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/1600257625-2353-1-git-send-email-magnus.karlsson@gmail.com
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf 2020-09-15
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net* tree.
We've added 12 non-merge commits during the last 19 day(s) which contain
a total of 10 files changed, 47 insertions(+), 38 deletions(-).
The main changes are:
1) docs/bpf fixes, from Andrii.
2) ld_abs fix, from Daniel.
3) socket casting helpers fix, from Martin.
4) hash iterator fixes, from Yonghong.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To support modifying the used_maps array, we use a mutex to protect
the use of the counter and the array. The mutex is initialized right
after the prog aux is allocated, and destroyed right before prog
aux is freed. This way we guarantee it's initialized for both cBPF
and eBPF.
Signed-off-by: YiFei Zhu <zhuyifei@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Fomichev <sdf@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com>
Cc: YiFei Zhu <zhuyifei1999@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200915234543.3220146-2-sdf@google.com
The bpf_skc_to_* type casting helpers are available to
BPF_PROG_TYPE_TRACING. The traced PTR_TO_BTF_ID may be NULL.
For example, the skb->sk may be NULL. Thus, these casting helpers
need to check "!sk" also and this patch fixes them.
Fixes: 0d4fad3e57 ("bpf: Add bpf_skc_to_udp6_sock() helper")
Fixes: 478cfbdf5f ("bpf: Add bpf_skc_to_{tcp, tcp_timewait, tcp_request}_sock() helpers")
Fixes: af7ec13833 ("bpf: Add bpf_skc_to_tcp6_sock() helper")
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com>
Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200915182959.241101-1-kafai@fb.com
Currently, the in-kernel delete notification is emitted from the error
path of nexthop_add() and replace_nexthop(), which can be confusing to
in-kernel listeners as they are not familiar with the nexthop.
Instead, only emit the notification when the nexthop is actually
deleted. The following sub-cases are covered:
1. User space deletes the nexthop
2. The nexthop is deleted by the kernel due to a netdev event (e.g.,
nexthop device going down)
3. A group is deleted because its last nexthop is being deleted
4. The network namespace of the nexthop device is deleted
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the only listener of the nexthop notification chain is the
VXLAN driver. Subsequent patches will add more listeners (e.g., device
drivers such as netdevsim) that need to be able to block when processing
notifications.
Therefore, convert the notification chain to a blocking one. This is
safe as notifications are always emitted from process context.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a test command for health reporters. User might use this
command to trigger test event on a reporter if the reporter supports it.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Kfir reported that pmtu exceptions are not created properly for
deployments where multipath routes use the same device.
After some digging I see 2 compounding problems:
1. ip_route_output_key_hash_rcu is updating the flowi4_oif *after*
the route lookup. This is the second use case where this has
been a problem (the first is related to use of vti devices with
VRF). I can not find any reason for the oif to be changed after the
lookup; the code goes back to the start of git. It does not seem
logical so remove it.
2. fib_lookups for exceptions do not call fib_select_path to handle
multipath route selection based on the hash.
The end result is that the fib_lookup used to add the exception
always creates it based using the first leg of the route.
An example topology showing the problem:
| host1
+------+
| eth0 | .209
+------+
|
+------+
switch | br0 |
+------+
|
+---------+---------+
| host2 | host3
+------+ +------+
| eth0 | .250 | eth0 | 192.168.252.252
+------+ +------+
+-----+ +-----+
| vti | .2 | vti | 192.168.247.3
+-----+ +-----+
\ /
=================================
tunnels
192.168.247.1/24
for h in host1 host2 host3; do
ip netns add ${h}
ip -netns ${h} link set lo up
ip netns exec ${h} sysctl -wq net.ipv4.ip_forward=1
done
ip netns add switch
ip -netns switch li set lo up
ip -netns switch link add br0 type bridge stp 0
ip -netns switch link set br0 up
for n in 1 2 3; do
ip -netns switch link add eth-sw type veth peer name eth-h${n}
ip -netns switch li set eth-h${n} master br0 up
ip -netns switch li set eth-sw netns host${n} name eth0
done
ip -netns host1 addr add 192.168.252.209/24 dev eth0
ip -netns host1 link set dev eth0 up
ip -netns host1 route add 192.168.247.0/24 \
nexthop via 192.168.252.250 dev eth0 nexthop via 192.168.252.252 dev eth0
ip -netns host2 addr add 192.168.252.250/24 dev eth0
ip -netns host2 link set dev eth0 up
ip -netns host2 addr add 192.168.252.252/24 dev eth0
ip -netns host3 link set dev eth0 up
ip netns add tunnel
ip -netns tunnel li set lo up
ip -netns tunnel li add br0 type bridge
ip -netns tunnel li set br0 up
for n in $(seq 11 20); do
ip -netns tunnel addr add dev br0 192.168.247.${n}/24
done
for n in 2 3
do
ip -netns tunnel link add vti${n} type veth peer name eth${n}
ip -netns tunnel link set eth${n} mtu 1360 master br0 up
ip -netns tunnel link set vti${n} netns host${n} mtu 1360 up
ip -netns host${n} addr add dev vti${n} 192.168.247.${n}/24
done
ip -netns tunnel ro add default nexthop via 192.168.247.2 nexthop via 192.168.247.3
ip netns exec host1 ping -M do -s 1400 -c3 -I 192.168.252.209 192.168.247.11
ip netns exec host1 ping -M do -s 1400 -c3 -I 192.168.252.209 192.168.247.15
ip -netns host1 ro ls cache
Before this patch the cache always shows exceptions against the first
leg in the multipath route; 192.168.252.250 per this example. Since the
hash has an initial random seed, you may need to vary the final octet
more than what is listed. In my tests, using addresses between 11 and 19
usually found 1 that used both legs.
With this patch, the cache will have exceptions for both legs.
Fixes: 4895c771c7 ("ipv4: Add FIB nexthop exceptions")
Reported-by: Kfir Itzhak <mastertheknife@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix parameter description of tipc_link_bc_create()
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Fixes: 16ad3f4022 ("tipc: introduce variable window congestion control")
Signed-off-by: Lu Wei <luwei32@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently drivers have to report their pause frames statistics
via ethtool -S, and there is a wide variety of names used for
these statistics.
Add the two statistics defined in IEEE 802.3x to the standard
API. Create a new ethtool request header flag for including
statistics in the response to GET commands.
Always create the ETHTOOL_A_PAUSE_STATS nest in replies when
flag is set. Testing if driver declares the op is not a reliable
way of checking if any stats will actually be included and therefore
we don't want to give the impression that presence of
ETHTOOL_A_PAUSE_STATS indicates driver support.
Note that this patch does not include PFC counters, which may fit
better in dcbnl? But mostly I don't need them/have a setup to test
them so I haven't looked deeply into exposing them :)
v3:
- add a helper for "uninitializing" stats, rather than a cryptic
memset() (Andrew)
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
so the switchdev can notifiy the bridge to flush non-permanent fdb entries
for this port. This is useful whenever the hardware fdb of the switchdev
is reset, but the netdev and the bridgeport are not deleted.
Note that this has the same effect as the IFLA_BRPORT_FLUSH attribute.
CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
CC: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
CC: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@nvidia.com>
CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandra Winter <wintera@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Scenario:
* Multicast frame send from BLA backbone gateways (multiple nodes
with their bat0 bridged together, with BLA enabled) sharing the same
LAN to nodes in the mesh
Issue:
* Nodes receive the frame multiple times on bat0 from the mesh,
once from each foreign BLA backbone gateway which shares the same LAN
with another
For multicast frames via batman-adv broadcast packets coming from the
same BLA backbone but from different backbone gateways duplicates are
currently detected via a CRC history of previously received packets.
However this CRC so far was not performed for multicast frames received
via batman-adv unicast packets. Fixing this by appyling the same check
for such packets, too.
Room for improvements in the future: Ideally we would introduce the
possibility to not only claim a client, but a complete originator, too.
This would allow us to only send a multicast-in-unicast packet from a BLA
backbone gateway claiming the node and by that avoid potential redundant
transmissions in the first place.
Fixes: 279e89b228 ("batman-adv: add broadcast duplicate check")
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Scenario:
* Multicast frame send from mesh to a BLA backbone (multiple nodes
with their bat0 bridged together, with BLA enabled)
Issue:
* BLA backbone nodes receive the frame multiple times on bat0,
once from mesh->bat0 and once from each backbone_gw from LAN
For unicast, a node will send only to the best backbone gateway
according to the TQ. However for multicast we currently cannot determine
if multiple destination nodes share the same backbone if they don't share
the same backbone with us. So we need to keep sending the unicasts to
all backbone gateways and let the backbone gateways decide which one
will forward the frame. We can use the CLAIM mechanism to make this
decision.
One catch: The batman-adv gateway feature for DHCP packets potentially
sends multicast packets in the same batman-adv unicast header as the
multicast optimizations code. And we are not allowed to drop those even
if we did not claim the source address of the sender, as for such
packets there is only this one multicast-in-unicast packet.
How can we distinguish the two cases?
The gateway feature uses a batman-adv unicast 4 address header. While
the multicast-to-unicasts feature uses a simple, 3 address batman-adv
unicast header. So let's use this to distinguish.
Fixes: fe2da6ff27 ("batman-adv: check incoming packet type for bla")
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Scenario:
* Multicast frame send from a BLA backbone (multiple nodes with
their bat0 bridged together, with BLA enabled)
Issue:
* BLA backbone nodes receive the frame multiple times on bat0
For multicast frames received via batman-adv broadcast packets the
originator of the broadcast packet is checked before decapsulating and
forwarding the frame to bat0 (batadv_bla_is_backbone_gw()->
batadv_recv_bcast_packet()). If it came from a node which shares the
same BLA backbone with us then it is not forwarded to bat0 to avoid a
loop.
When sending a multicast frame in a non-4-address batman-adv unicast
packet we are currently missing this check - and cannot do so because
the batman-adv unicast packet has no originator address field.
However, we can simply fix this on the sender side by only sending the
multicast frame via unicasts to interested nodes which do not share the
same BLA backbone with us. This also nicely avoids some unnecessary
transmissions on mesh side.
Note that no infinite loop was observed, probably because of dropping
via batadv_interface_tx()->batadv_bla_tx(). However the duplicates still
utterly confuse switches/bridges, ICMPv6 duplicate address detection and
neighbor discovery and therefore leads to long delays before being able
to establish TCP connections, for instance. And it also leads to the Linux
bridge printing messages like:
"br-lan: received packet on eth1 with own address as source address ..."
Fixes: 2d3f6ccc4e ("batman-adv: Modified forwarding behaviour for multicast packets")
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Fix a potential refcount warning that a zero value is increased to one
in xp_dma_map, by initializing the refcount to one to start with,
instead of zero plus a refcount_inc().
Fixes: 921b68692a ("xsk: Enable sharing of dma mappings")
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/1600095036-23868-1-git-send-email-magnus.karlsson@gmail.com
For AF_XDP sockets, there was a discrepancy between the number of of
pinned pages and the size of the umem region.
The size of the umem region is used to validate the AF_XDP descriptor
addresses. The logic that pinned the pages covered by the region only
took whole pages into consideration, creating a mismatch between the
size and pinned pages. A user could then pass AF_XDP addresses outside
the range of pinned pages, but still within the size of the region,
crashing the kernel.
This change correctly calculates the number of pages to be
pinned. Further, the size check for the aligned mode is
simplified. Now the code simply checks if the size is divisible by the
chunk size.
Fixes: bbff2f321a ("xsk: new descriptor addressing scheme")
Reported-by: Ciara Loftus <ciara.loftus@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Ciara Loftus <ciara.loftus@intel.com>
Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200910075609.7904-1-bjorn.topel@gmail.com
For EPOLLET, applications must call sendmsg until they get EAGAIN.
Otherwise, there is no guarantee that EPOLLOUT is sent if there was
a failure upon memory allocation.
As a result on high-speed NICs, userspace observes multiple small
sendmsgs after a partial sendmsg until EAGAIN, since TCP can send
1-2 TSOs in between two sendmsg syscalls:
// One large partial send due to memory allocation failure.
sendmsg(20MB) = 2MB
// Many small sends until EAGAIN.
sendmsg(18MB) = 64KB
sendmsg(17.9MB) = 128KB
sendmsg(17.8MB) = 64KB
...
sendmsg(...) = EAGAIN
// At this point, userspace can assume an EPOLLOUT.
To fix this, set the SOCK_NOSPACE on all partial sendmsg scenarios
to guarantee that we send EPOLLOUT after partial sendmsg.
After this commit userspace can assume that it will receive an EPOLLOUT
after the first partial sendmsg. This EPOLLOUT will benefit from
sk_stream_write_space() logic delaying the EPOLLOUT until significant
space is available in write queue.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If there was any event available on the TCP socket, tcp_poll()
will be called to retrieve all the events. In tcp_poll(), we call
sk_stream_is_writeable() which returns true as long as we are at least
one byte below notsent_lowat. This will result in quite a few
spurious EPLLOUT and frequent tiny sendmsg() calls as a result.
Similar to sk_stream_write_space(), use __sk_stream_is_writeable
with a wake value of 1, so that we set EPOLLOUT only if half the
space is available for write.
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In fl_set_erspan_opt(), all bits of erspan md was set 1, as this
function is also used to set opt MASK. However, when setting for
md->u.index for opt VALUE, the rest bits of the union md->u will
be left 1. It would cause to fail the match of the whole md when
version is 1 and only index is set.
This patch is to fix by initializing with 0 before setting erspan
md->u.
Reported-by: Shuang Li <shuali@redhat.com>
Fixes: 79b1011cb3 ("net: sched: allow flower to match erspan options")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we can see from vxlan_build/parse_gbp_hdr(), when processing metadata
on vxlan rx/tx path, only dont_learn/policy_applied/policy_id fields can
be set to or parse from the packet for vxlan gbp option.
So do the mask when set it in lwtunnel, as it does in act_tunnel_key and
cls_flower.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we can see from vxlan_build/parse_gbp_hdr(), when processing metadata
on vxlan rx/tx path, only dont_learn/policy_applied/policy_id fields can
be set to or parse from the packet for vxlan gbp option.
So we'd better do the mask when set it in act_tunnel_key and cls_flower.
Otherwise, when users don't know these bits, they may configure with a
value which can never be matched.
Reported-by: Shuang Li <shuali@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In tipc_buf_append() it may change skb's frag_list, and it causes
problems when this skb is cloned. skb_unclone() doesn't really
make this skb's flag_list available to change.
Shuang Li has reported an use-after-free issue because of this
when creating quite a few macvlan dev over the same dev, where
the broadcast packets will be cloned and go up to the stack:
[ ] BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in pskb_expand_head+0x86d/0xea0
[ ] Call Trace:
[ ] dump_stack+0x7c/0xb0
[ ] print_address_description.constprop.7+0x1a/0x220
[ ] kasan_report.cold.10+0x37/0x7c
[ ] check_memory_region+0x183/0x1e0
[ ] pskb_expand_head+0x86d/0xea0
[ ] process_backlog+0x1df/0x660
[ ] net_rx_action+0x3b4/0xc90
[ ]
[ ] Allocated by task 1786:
[ ] kmem_cache_alloc+0xbf/0x220
[ ] skb_clone+0x10a/0x300
[ ] macvlan_broadcast+0x2f6/0x590 [macvlan]
[ ] macvlan_process_broadcast+0x37c/0x516 [macvlan]
[ ] process_one_work+0x66a/0x1060
[ ] worker_thread+0x87/0xb10
[ ]
[ ] Freed by task 3253:
[ ] kmem_cache_free+0x82/0x2a0
[ ] skb_release_data+0x2c3/0x6e0
[ ] kfree_skb+0x78/0x1d0
[ ] tipc_recvmsg+0x3be/0xa40 [tipc]
So fix it by using skb_unshare() instead, which would create a new
skb for the cloned frag and it'll be safe to change its frag_list.
The similar things were also done in sctp_make_reassembled_event(),
which is using skb_copy().
Reported-by: Shuang Li <shuali@redhat.com>
Fixes: 37e22164a8 ("tipc: rename and move message reassembly function")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tipc_group_add_to_tree() returns silently if `key` matches `nkey` of an
existing node, causing tipc_group_create_member() to leak memory. Let
tipc_group_add_to_tree() return an error in such a case, so that
tipc_group_create_member() can handle it properly.
Fixes: 75da2163db ("tipc: introduce communication groups")
Reported-and-tested-by: syzbot+f95d90c454864b3b5bc9@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Cc: Hillf Danton <hdanton@sina.com>
Link: https://syzkaller.appspot.com/bug?id=048390604fe1b60df34150265479202f10e13aff
Signed-off-by: Peilin Ye <yepeilin.cs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A DSA master interface has upper network devices, each representing an
Ethernet switch port attached to it. Demultiplexing the source ports and
setting skb->dev accordingly is done through the catch-all ETH_P_XDSA
packet_type handler. Catch-all because DSA vendors have various header
implementations, which can be placed anywhere in the frame: before the
DMAC, before the EtherType, before the FCS, etc. So, the ETH_P_XDSA
handler acts like an rx_handler more than anything.
It is unlikely for the DSA master interface to have any other upper than
the DSA switch interfaces themselves. Only maybe a bridge upper*, but it
is very likely that the DSA master will have no 8021q upper. So
__netif_receive_skb_core() will try to untag the VLAN, despite the fact
that the DSA switch interface might have an 8021q upper. So the skb will
never reach that.
So far, this hasn't been a problem because most of the possible
placements of the DSA switch header mentioned in the first paragraph
will displace the VLAN header when the DSA master receives the frame, so
__netif_receive_skb_core() will not actually execute any VLAN-specific
code for it. This only becomes a problem when the DSA switch header does
not displace the VLAN header (for example with a tail tag).
What the patch does is it bypasses the untagging of the skb when there
is a DSA switch attached to this net device. So, DSA is the only
packet_type handler which requires seeing the VLAN header. Once skb->dev
will be changed, __netif_receive_skb_core() will be invoked again and
untagging, or delivery to an 8021q upper, will happen in the RX of the
DSA switch interface itself.
*see commit 9eb8eff0cf ("net: bridge: allow enslaving some DSA master
network devices". This is actually the reason why I prefer keeping DSA
as a packet_type handler of ETH_P_XDSA rather than converting to an
rx_handler. Currently the rx_handler code doesn't support chaining, and
this is a problem because a DSA master might be bridged.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
flowi4_multipath_hash was added by the commit referenced below for
tunnels. Unfortunately, the patch did not initialize the new field
for several fast path lookups that do not initialize the entire flow
struct to 0. Fix those locations. Currently, flowi4_multipath_hash
is random garbage and affects the hash value computed by
fib_multipath_hash for multipath selection.
Fixes: 24ba14406c ("route: Add multipath_hash in flowi_common to make user-define hash")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Cc: wenxu <wenxu@ucloud.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
flush_all_backlogs() may cause deadlock on systems
running processes with FIFO scheduling policy.
The above is critical in -RT scenarios, where user-space
specifically ensure no network activity is scheduled on
the CPU running the mentioned FIFO process, but still get
stuck.
This commit tries to address the problem checking the
backlog status on the remote CPUs before scheduling the
flush operation. If the backlog is empty, we can skip it.
v1 -> v2:
- explicitly clear flushed cpu mask - Eric
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=0qvR
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rxrpc-next-20200914' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
David Howells says:
====================
rxrpc: Fixes for the connection manager rewrite
Here are some fixes for the connection manager rewrite:
(1) Fix a goto to the wrong place in error handling.
(2) Fix a missing NULL pointer check.
(3) The stored allocation error needs to be stored signed.
(4) Fix a leak of connection bundle when clearing connections due to
net namespace exit.
(5) Fix an overget of the bundle when setting up a new client conn.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SOCK_QUEUE_SHRUNK is currently used by TCP as a temporary state
that remembers if some room has been made in the rtx queue
by an incoming ACK packet.
This is later used from tcp_check_space() before
considering to send EPOLLOUT.
Problem is: If we receive SACK packets, and no packet
is removed from RTX queue, we can send fresh packets, thus
moving them from write queue to rtx queue and eventually
empty the write queue.
This stall can happen if TCP_NOTSENT_LOWAT is used.
With this fix, we no longer risk stalling sends while holes
are repaired, and we can fully use socket sndbuf.
This also removes a cache line dirtying for typical RPC
workloads.
Fixes: c9bee3b7fd ("tcp: TCP_NOTSENT_LOWAT socket option")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This comment is outdated and no longer reflects the actual implementation
of af_packet.c.
Reasons for the new comment:
1.
In af_packet.c, the function packet_snd first reserves a headroom of
length (dev->hard_header_len + dev->needed_headroom).
Then if the socket is a SOCK_DGRAM socket, it calls dev_hard_header,
which calls dev->header_ops->create, to create the link layer header.
If the socket is a SOCK_RAW socket, it "un-reserves" a headroom of
length (dev->hard_header_len), and checks if the user has provided a
header sized between (dev->min_header_len) and (dev->hard_header_len)
(in dev_validate_header).
This shows the developers of af_packet.c expect hard_header_len to
be consistent with header_ops.
2.
In af_packet.c, the function packet_sendmsg_spkt has a FIXME comment.
That comment states that prepending an LL header internally in a driver
is considered a bug. I believe this bug can be fixed by setting
hard_header_len to 0, making the internal header completely invisible
to af_packet.c (and requesting the headroom in needed_headroom instead).
3.
There is a commit for a WiFi driver:
commit 9454f7a895 ("mwifiex: set needed_headroom, not hard_header_len")
According to the discussion about it at:
https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/11407493/
The author tried to set the WiFi driver's hard_header_len to the Ethernet
header length, and request additional header space internally needed by
setting needed_headroom.
This means this usage is already adopted by driver developers.
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemdebruijn.kernel@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xie He <xie.he.0141@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
That is needed to let the subflows announce promptly when new
space is available in the receive buffer.
tcp_cleanup_rbuf() is currently a static function, drop the
scope modifier and add a declaration in the TCP header.
Reviewed-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the scheduler to less trivial heuristic: cache
the last used subflow, and try to send on it a reasonably
long burst of data.
When the burst or the subflow send space is exhausted, pick
the subflow with the lower ratio between write space and
send buffer - that is, the subflow with the greater relative
amount of free space.
v1 -> v2:
- fix 32 bit build breakage due to 64bits div
- fix checkpath issues (uint64_t -> u64)
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the 'backup' attribute of local endpoint
is ignored. Let's use it for the MP_JOIN handshake
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So that can be accessed easily from the subflow creation
helper. No functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a bunch of MPTCP mibs related to MPTCP OoO data
processing.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to use the tcp_read_sock(), we can
simply drop the skb. Additionally try to look at the
next buffer for in order data.
This both simplifies the code and avoid unneeded indirect
calls.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an RB-tree to cope with OoO (at MPTCP level) data.
__mptcp_move_skb() insert into the RB tree "future"
data, eventually coalescing skb as allowed by the
MPTCP DSN.
To simplify sequence accounting, move the DSN inside
the cb.
After successfully enqueuing in sequence data, check
if we can use any data from the RB tree.
Additionally move the data_fin check after spooling
data from the OoO tree, otherwise we could miss shutdown
events.
The RB tree code is copied as verbatim as possible
from tcp_data_queue_ofo(), with a few simplifications
due to the fact that MPTCP doesn't need to cope with
sacks. All bugs here are added by me.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Factor-out existing code, will be re-used by the
next patch.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let the msk sendbuf track the size of the larger subflow's
send window, so that we ensure mptcp_sendmsg() does not
exceed MPTCP-level send window.
The update is performed just before try to send any data.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a prerequisite to allow receiving data from multiple
subflows without re-injection.
Instead of dropping the OoO - "future" data in
subflow_check_data_avail(), call into __mptcp_move_skbs()
and let the msk drop that.
To avoid code duplication factor out the mptcp_subflow_discard_data()
helper.
Note that __mptcp_move_skbs() can now find multiple subflows
with data avail (comprising to-be-discarded data), so must
update the byte counter incrementally.
v1 -> v2:
- fix checkpatch issues (unsigned -> unsigned int)
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This simplify mptcp_subflow_data_available() and will
made follow-up patches simpler.
Additionally remove the unneeded checks on subflow copied_seq:
we always whole skbs out of subflows.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, when checking for the 'msk is writable' condition, we
look at the individual subflows write space.
That works well while we send data via a single subflow, but will
not as soon as we will enable concurrent xmit on multiple subflows.
With this change msk becomes writable when the following conditions
hold:
- the socket has some free write space
- there is at least a subflow with write free space
Additionally we need to set the NOSPACE bit on all subflows
before blocking.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The fix for receiving (internally generated) bla packets outside the
interrupt context introduced the usage of in_interrupt(). But this
functionality is only defined in linux/preempt.h which was not included
with the same patch.
Fixes: 279e89b228 ("batman-adv: bla: use netif_rx_ni when not in interrupt context")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Currently, the controller will continue advertising when the system
enters suspend. This patch makes sure that all advertising instances are
paused when entering suspend, and resumed when suspend exits.
The Advertising and Suspend/Resume test suites were both run on this
change on 4.19 kernel with both hardware offloaded multi-advertising and
software rotated multi-advertising. In addition, a new test was added
that performs the following steps:
* Register 3 advertisements via bluez RegisterAdvertisement
* Verify reception of all advertisements by remote peer
* Enter suspend on DUT
* Verify failure to receive all advertisements by remote peer
* Exit suspend on DUT
* Verify reception of all advertisements by remote peer
Signed-off-by: Daniel Winkler <danielwinkler@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Abhishek Pandit-Subedi <abhishekpandit@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When setting up a client connection, a second ref is accidentally obtained
on the connection bundle (we get one when allocating the conn and a second
one when adding the conn to the bundle).
Fix it to only use the ref obtained by rxrpc_alloc_client_connection() and
not to add a second when adding the candidate conn to the bundle.
Fixes: 245500d853 ("rxrpc: Rewrite the client connection manager")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
The alloc_error field in the rxrpc_bundle struct should be signed as it has
negative error codes assigned to it. Checks directly on it may then fail,
and may produce a warning like this:
net/rxrpc/conn_client.c:662 rxrpc_wait_for_channel()
warn: 'bundle->alloc_error' is unsigned
Fixes: 245500d853 ("rxrpc: Rewrite the client connection manager")
Reported-by Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Fix an error-handling goto in rxrpc_connect_call() whereby it will jump to
free the bundle it failed to allocate.
Fixes: 245500d853 ("rxrpc: Rewrite the client connection manager")
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Emit controller suspend and resume events when we are ready for suspend
and we've resumed from suspend.
The controller suspend event will report whatever suspend state was
successfully entered. The controller resume event will check the first
HCI event that was received after we finished preparing for suspend and,
if it was a connection event, store the address of the peer that caused
the event. If it was not a connection event, we mark the wake reason as
an unexpected event.
Here is a sample btmon trace with these events:
@ MGMT Event: Controller Suspended (0x002d) plen 1
Suspend state: Page scanning and/or passive scanning (2)
@ MGMT Event: Controller Resumed (0x002e) plen 8
Wake reason: Remote wake due to peer device connection (2)
LE Address: CD:F3:CD:13:C5:9A (OUI CD-F3-CD)
Signed-off-by: Abhishek Pandit-Subedi <abhishekpandit@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Miao-chen Chou <mcchou@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Add the controller suspend and resume events, which will signal when
Bluetooth has completed preparing for suspend and when it's ready for
resume.
Signed-off-by: Abhishek Pandit-Subedi <abhishekpandit@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Miao-chen Chou <mcchou@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Sonny Sasaka <sonnysasaka@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Only set extended scan response only when it exists. Otherwise, clear
the scan response data.
Per the core spec v5.2, Vol 4, Part E, 7.8.55
If the advertising set is non-scannable and the Host uses this command
other than to discard existing data, the Controller shall return the
error code Invalid HCI Command Parameters (0x12).
On WCN3991, the controller correctly responds with Invalid Parameters
when this is sent. That error causes __hci_req_hci_power_on to fail
with -EINVAL and LE devices can't connect because background scanning
isn't configured.
Here is an hci trace of where this issue occurs during power on:
< HCI Command: LE Set Extended Advertising Parameters (0x08|0x0036) plen 25
Handle: 0x00
Properties: 0x0010
Use legacy advertising PDUs: ADV_NONCONN_IND
Min advertising interval: 181.250 msec (0x0122)
Max advertising interval: 181.250 msec (0x0122)
Channel map: 37, 38, 39 (0x07)
Own address type: Random (0x01)
Peer address type: Public (0x00)
Peer address: 00:00:00:00:00:00 (OUI 00-00-00)
Filter policy: Allow Scan Request from Any, Allow Connect...
TX power: 127 dbm (0x7f)
Primary PHY: LE 1M (0x01)
Secondary max skip: 0x00
Secondary PHY: LE 1M (0x01)
SID: 0x00
Scan request notifications: Disabled (0x00)
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 5
LE Set Extended Advertising Parameters (0x08|0x0036) ncmd 1
Status: Success (0x00)
TX power (selected): 9 dbm (0x09)
< HCI Command: LE Set Advertising Set Random Address (0x08|0x0035) plen 7
Advertising handle: 0x00
Advertising random address: 08:FD:55:ED:22:28 (OUI 08-FD-55)
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 4
LE Set Advertising Set Random Address (0x08|0x0035) ncmd
Status: Success (0x00)
< HCI Command: LE Set Extended Scan Response Data (0x08|0x0038) plen 35
Handle: 0x00
Operation: Complete scan response data (0x03)
Fragment preference: Minimize fragmentation (0x01)
Data length: 0x0d
Name (short): Chromebook
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 4
LE Set Extended Scan Response Data (0x08|0x0038) ncmd 1
Status: Invalid HCI Command Parameters (0x12)
Signed-off-by: Abhishek Pandit-Subedi <abhishekpandit@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Winkler <danielwinkler@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This reverts commit 314f76d7a6.
Citing that commit message, the call graph was:
dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging
| |
| |
| +-------------+
| |
v v
dsa_port_vid_add dsa_slave_port_obj_add
| |
+-------+ +-------+
| |
v v
dsa_port_vlan_add
Now that tag_8021q has its own ops structure, it no longer relies on
dsa_port_vid_add, and therefore on the dsa_switch_ops to install its
VLANs.
So dsa_port_vid_add now only has one single caller. So we can simplify
the call graph to what it was before, aka:
dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid dsa_slave_port_obj_add
| |
+-------+ +-------+
| |
v v
dsa_port_vlan_add
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While working on another tag_8021q driver implementation, some things
became apparent:
- It is not mandatory for a DSA driver to offload the tag_8021q VLANs by
using the VLAN table per se. For example, it can add custom TCAM rules
that simply encapsulate RX traffic, and redirect & decapsulate rules
for TX traffic. For such a driver, it makes no sense to receive the
tag_8021q configuration through the same callback as it receives the
VLAN configuration from the bridge and the 8021q modules.
- Currently, sja1105 (the only tag_8021q user) sets a
priv->expect_dsa_8021q variable to distinguish between the bridge
calling, and tag_8021q calling. That can be improved, to say the
least.
- The crosschip bridging operations are, in fact, stateful already. The
list of crosschip_links must be kept by the caller and passed to the
relevant tag_8021q functions.
So it would be nice if the tag_8021q configuration was more
self-contained. This patch attempts to do that.
Create a struct dsa_8021q_context which encapsulates a struct
dsa_switch, and has 2 function pointers for adding and deleting a VLAN.
These will replace the previous channel to the driver, which was through
the .port_vlan_add and .port_vlan_del callbacks of dsa_switch_ops.
Also put the list of crosschip_links into this dsa_8021q_context.
Drivers that don't support cross-chip bridging can simply omit to
initialize this list, as long as they dont call any cross-chip function.
The sja1105_vlan_add and sja1105_vlan_del functions are refactored into
a smaller sja1105_vlan_add_one, which now has 2 entry points:
- sja1105_vlan_add, from struct dsa_switch_ops
- sja1105_dsa_8021q_vlan_add, from the tag_8021q ops
But even this change is fairly trivial. It just reflects the fact that
for sja1105, the VLANs from these 2 channels end up in the same hardware
table. However that is not necessarily true in the general sense (and
that's the reason for making this change).
The rest of the patch is mostly plain refactoring of "ds" -> "ctx". The
dsa_8021q_context structure needs to be propagated because adding a VLAN
is now done through the ops function pointers inside of it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no point in calling dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging for each
individual port. Additionally, it will become more difficult to do that
when we'll have a context structure to tag_8021q (next patch). So
refactor this now.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's possible that the user specifies an interval that couldn't allow
any packet to be transmitted. This also avoids the issue of the
hrtimer handler starving the other threads because it's running too
often.
The solution is to reject interval sizes that according to the current
link speed wouldn't allow any packet to be transmitted.
Reported-by: syzbot+8267241609ae8c23b248@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Fixes: 5a781ccbd1 ("tc: Add support for configuring the taprio scheduler")
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each MDB entry is encoded in a nested netlink attribute called
'MDBA_MDB_ENTRY'. In turn, this attribute contains another nested
attributed called 'MDBA_MDB_ENTRY_INFO', which encodes a single port
group entry within the MDB entry.
The cited commit added the ability to restart a dump from a specific
port group entry. However, on failure to add a port group entry to the
dump the entire MDB entry (stored in 'nest2') is removed, resulting in
missing port group entries.
Fix this by finalizing the MDB entry with the partial list of already
encoded port group entries.
Fixes: 5205e919c9 ("net: bridge: mcast: add support for src list and filter mode dumping")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The variable err is being initialized with a value that is never read and
it is being updated later with a new value. The initialization is redundant
and can be removed. Also re-order variable declarations in reverse
Christmas tree ordering.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Unused value")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For new advertising features, it will be important for userspace to
know the capabilities of the controller and kernel. If the controller
and kernel support extended advertising, we include flags indicating
hardware offloading support and support for setting tx power of adv
instances.
In the future, vendor-specific commands may allow the setting of tx
power in advertising instances, but for now this feature is only
marked available if extended advertising is supported.
This change is manually verified in userspace by ensuring the
advertising manager's supported_flags field is updated with new flags on
hatch chromebook (ext advertising supported).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Winkler <danielwinkler@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Here we make sure we properly report the number of supported
advertising slots when we are using hardware offloading. If no
hardware offloading is available, we default this value to
HCI_MAX_ADV_INSTANCES for use in software rotation as before.
This change has been tested on kukui (no ext adv) and hatch (ext adv)
chromebooks by verifying "SupportedInstances" shows 5 (the default) and
6 (slots supported by controller), respectively.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Winkler <danielwinkler@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch defines new getsockopt options BT_SNDMTU/BT_RCVMTU
for SCO socket to be compatible with other bluetooth sockets.
These new options return the same value as option SCO_OPTIONS
which is already present on existing kernels.
Signed-off-by: Joseph Hwang <josephsih@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alain Michaud <alainm@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Abhishek Pandit-Subedi <abhishekpandit@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Unregister_pm_notifier is a blocking call so suspend tasks should be
cleared beforehand. Otherwise, the notifier will wait for completion
before returning (and we encounter a 2s timeout on resume).
Fixes: 0e9952804e (Bluetooth: Clear suspend tasks on unregister)
Signed-off-by: Abhishek Pandit-Subedi <abhishekpandit@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The RC4-HMAC-MD5 KerberosV algorithm is based on RFC 4757 [0], which
was specifically issued for interoperability with Windows 2000, but was
never intended to receive the same level of support. The RFC says
The IETF Kerberos community supports publishing this specification as
an informational document in order to describe this widely
implemented technology. However, while these encryption types
provide the operations necessary to implement the base Kerberos
specification [RFC4120], they do not provide all the required
operations in the Kerberos cryptography framework [RFC3961]. As a
result, it is not generally possible to implement potential
extensions to Kerberos using these encryption types. The Kerberos
encryption type negotiation mechanism [RFC4537] provides one approach
for using such extensions even when a Kerberos infrastructure uses
long-term RC4 keys. Because this specification does not implement
operations required by RFC 3961 and because of security concerns with
the use of RC4 and MD4 discussed in Section 8, this specification is
not appropriate for publication on the standards track.
The RC4-HMAC encryption types are used to ease upgrade of existing
Windows NT environments, provide strong cryptography (128-bit key
lengths), and provide exportable (meet United States government
export restriction requirements) encryption. This document describes
the implementation of those encryption types.
Furthermore, this RFC was re-classified as 'historic' by RFC 8429 [1] in
2018, stating that 'none of the encryption types it specifies should be
used'
Note that other outdated algorithms are left in place (some of which are
guarded by CONFIG_SUNRPC_DISABLE_INSECURE_ENCTYPES), so this should only
adversely affect interoperability with Windows NT/2000 systems that have
not received any updates since 2008 (but are connected to a network
nonetheless)
[0] https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4757
[1] https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8429
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org>
Acked-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Simplify tcp_set_congestion_control() by removing the initialization
code path for the !load case.
There are only two call sites for tcp_set_congestion_control(). The
EBPF call site is the only one that passes load=false; it also passes
cap_net_admin=true. Because of that, the exact same behavior can be
achieved by removing the special if (!load) branch of the logic. Both
before and after this commit, the EBPF case will call
bpf_try_module_get(), and if that succeeds then call
tcp_reinit_congestion_control() or if that fails then return EBUSY.
Note that this returns the logic to a structure very similar to the
structure before:
commit 91b5b21c7c ("bpf: Add support for changing congestion control")
except that the CAP_NET_ADMIN status is passed in as a function
argument.
This clean-up was suggested by Martin KaFai Lau.
Suggested-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Cc: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Kevin Yang <yyd@google.com>
Now that the previous patches have removed the code that uses the
flags argument to _bpf_setsockopt(), we can remove that argument.
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Kevin Yang <yyd@google.com>
Cc: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Now that the previous patches ensure that all call sites for
tcp_set_congestion_control() want to initialize congestion control, we
can simplify tcp_set_congestion_control() by removing the reinit
argument and the code to support it.
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Kevin Yang <yyd@google.com>
Cc: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Now that the previous patch ensures we don't initialize the congestion
control twice, when EBPF sets the congestion control algorithm at
connection establishment we can simplify the code by simply
initializing the congestion control module at that time.
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Kevin Yang <yyd@google.com>
Cc: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Change tcp_init_transfer() to only initialize congestion control if it
has not been initialized already.
With this new approach, we can arrange things so that if the EBPF code
sets the congestion control by calling setsockopt(TCP_CONGESTION) then
tcp_init_transfer() will not re-initialize the CC module.
This is an approach that has the following beneficial properties:
(1) This allows CC module customizations made by the EBPF called in
tcp_init_transfer() to persist, and not be wiped out by a later
call to tcp_init_congestion_control() in tcp_init_transfer().
(2) Does not flip the order of EBPF and CC init, to avoid causing bugs
for existing code upstream that depends on the current order.
(3) Does not cause 2 initializations for for CC in the case where the
EBPF called in tcp_init_transfer() wants to set the CC to a new CC
algorithm.
(4) Allows follow-on simplifications to the code in net/core/filter.c
and net/ipv4/tcp_cong.c, which currently both have some complexity
to special-case CC initialization to avoid double CC
initialization if EBPF sets the CC.
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Kevin Yang <yyd@google.com>
Cc: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
There are 6 types of workers which exist per smc connection. 3 of them
are used for listen and handshake processing, another 2 are used for
close and abort processing and 1 is the tx worker that moves calls to
sleeping functions into a worker.
To prevent flooding of the system work queue when many connections are
opened or closed at the same time (some pattern uperf implements), move
those workers to one of 3 smc-specific work queues. Two work queues are
module-global and used for handshake and close workers. The third work
queue is defined per link group and used by the tx workers that may
sleep waiting for resources of this link group.
And in smc_llc_enqueue() queue the llc_event_work work to the system
prio work queue because its critical that this work is started fast.
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the netlink messages to be sent to the userspace
are too big for a single netlink message, send them in
chunks using the netlink_dump infrastructure. Modify the
smc diag dump code so that it can signal to the netlink_dump
infrastructure that it needs to send more data.
Signed-off-by: Guvenc Gulce <guvenc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
smc_lgr_cleanup_early() schedules the free worker with delay. DMB
unregistering occurs in this delayed worker increasing the risk
to reach the SMCD SBA limit without need. Terminate the
linkgroup immediately, since termination means early DMB unregistering.
For SMCD the global smc_server_lgr_pending lock is given up early.
A linkgroup to be given up with smc_lgr_cleanup_early() may already
contain more than one connection. Using __smc_lgr_terminate() in
smc_lgr_cleanup_early() covers this.
And consolidate smc_ism_put_vlan() and smc_put_device() into smc_lgr_free()
only.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
smc_listen_work() contains already an smc_listen_decline() exit.
Use this exit for smc_listen_rdma_finish() problems as well.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move check whether peer can be reached into smc_pnet_find_ism_by_pnetid().
Thus searching continues for another ism device, if check fails.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
smc_clc_send_accept() and smc_clc_send_confirm() are quite similar.
Move common code into a separate function smc_clc_send_confirm_accept().
And introduce separate SMCD and SMCR struct definitions for CLC accept
resp. confirm.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reduce stack size for smc_listen_work() and smc_clc_send_proposal()
by dynamic allocation of the CLC buffer to be received or sent.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Field names "srv_first_contact" and "cln_first_contact" are misleading,
since they apply to both, server and client. Rename them to
"first_contact_peer" and "first_contact_local".
Rename "ism_gid" by the more precise name "ism_peer_gid".
Rename version constant "SMC_CLC_V1" into "SMC_V1".
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SMC starts a separate tcp_listen worker for every SMC socket in
state SMC_LISTEN, and can accept an incoming connection request only,
if this worker is really running and waiting in kernel_accept(). But
the number of running workers is limited.
This patch reworks the listening SMC code and starts a tcp_listen worker
after the SYN-ACK handshake on the internal clc-socket only.
Suggested-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Guvenc Gulce <guvenc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The parameter passed via DCB_ATTR_DCB_BUFFER is a struct dcbnl_buffer. The
field prio2buffer is an array of IEEE_8021Q_MAX_PRIORITIES bytes, where
each value is a number of a buffer to direct that priority's traffic to.
That value is however never validated to lie within the bounds set by
DCBX_MAX_BUFFERS. The only driver that currently implements the callback is
mlx5 (maintainers CCd), and that does not do any validation either, in
particual allowing incorrect configuration if the prio2buffer value does
not fit into 4 bits.
Instead of offloading the need to validate the buffer index to drivers, do
it right there in core, and bounce the request if the value is too large.
CC: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
CC: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Fixes: e549f6f9c0 ("net/dcb: Add dcbnl buffer attribute")
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a netdev is enslaved to a bridge, its parent identifier is queried.
This is done so that packets that were already forwarded in hardware
will not be forwarded again by the bridge device between netdevs
belonging to the same hardware instance.
The operation fails when the netdev is an upper of netdevs with
different parent identifiers.
Instead of failing the enslavement, have dev_get_port_parent_id() return
'-EOPNOTSUPP' which will signal the bridge to skip the query operation.
Other callers of the function are not affected by this change.
Fixes: 7e1146e8c1 ("net: devlink: introduce devlink_compat_switch_id_get() helper")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reported-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 8d7017fd62 ("blackhole_netdev: use blackhole_netdev to
invalidate dst entries"), we use blackhole_netdev to invalidate dst entries
instead of loopback device anymore.
Signed-off-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit adds a new TCP feature to reflect the tos value received in
SYN, and send it out on the SYN-ACK, and eventually set the tos value of
the established socket with this reflected tos value. This provides a
way to set the traffic class/QoS level for all traffic in the same
connection to be the same as the incoming SYN request. It could be
useful in data centers to provide equivalent QoS according to the
incoming request.
This feature is guarded by /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_reflect_tos, and is by
default turned off.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit adds tos as a new passed in parameter to
ip_build_and_send_pkt() which will be used in the later commit.
This is a pure restructure and does not have any functional change.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A new field is added to the request sock to record the TOS value
received on the listening socket during 3WHS:
When not under syn flood, it is recording the TOS value sent in SYN.
When under syn flood, it is recording the TOS value sent in the ACK.
This is a preparation patch in order to do TOS reflection in the later
commit.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netpoll needs to traverse dev->napi_list under RCU, make
sure it uses the right iterator and that removal from this
list is handled safely.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To RCUify napi->dev_list we need to replace list_del_init()
with list_del_rcu(). There is no _init() version for RCU for
obvious reasons. Up until now netif_napi_del() was idempotent
so to make sure it remains such add a bit which is set when
NAPI is listed, and cleared when it removed. Since we don't
expect multiple calls to netif_napi_add() to be correct,
add a warning on that side.
Now that napi_hash_add / napi_hash_del are only called by
napi_add / del we can actually steal its bit. We just need
to make sure hash node is initialized correctly.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We allow drivers to call napi_hash_del() before calling
netif_napi_del() to batch RCU grace periods. This makes
the API asymmetric and leaks internal implementation details.
Soon we will want the grace period to protect more than just
the NAPI hash table.
Restructure the API and have drivers call a new function -
__netif_napi_del() if they want to take care of RCU waits.
Note that only core was checking the return status from
napi_hash_del() so the new helper does not report if the
NAPI was actually deleted.
Some notes on driver oddness:
- veth observed the grace period before calling netif_napi_del()
but that should not matter
- myri10ge observed normal RCU flavor
- bnx2x and enic did not actually observe the grace period
(unless they did so implicitly)
- virtio_net and enic only unhashed Rx NAPIs
The last two points seem to indicate that the calls to
napi_hash_del() were a left over rather than an optimization.
Regardless, it's easy enough to correct them.
This patch may introduce extra synchronize_net() calls for
interfaces which set NAPI_STATE_NO_BUSY_POLL and depend on
free_netdev() to call netif_napi_del(). This seems inevitable
since we want to use RCU for netpoll dev->napi_list traversal,
and almost no drivers set IFF_DISABLE_NETPOLL.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following change will add support for a corner case where
we may not have a netdev to pass to devlink_port_type_eth_set()
but we still want to set port type.
This is definitely a corner case, and drivers should not normally
pass NULL netdev - print a warning message when this happens.
Sadly for other port types (ib) switches don't have a device
reference, the way we always do for Ethernet, so we can't put
the warning in __devlink_port_type_set().
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently there is concurrent reset and enqueue operation for the
same lockless qdisc when there is no lock to synchronize the
q->enqueue() in __dev_xmit_skb() with the qdisc reset operation in
qdisc_deactivate() called by dev_deactivate_queue(), which may cause
out-of-bounds access for priv->ring[] in hns3 driver if user has
requested a smaller queue num when __dev_xmit_skb() still enqueue a
skb with a larger queue_mapping after the corresponding qdisc is
reset, and call hns3_nic_net_xmit() with that skb later.
Reused the existing synchronize_net() in dev_deactivate_many() to
make sure skb with larger queue_mapping enqueued to old qdisc(which
is saved in dev_queue->qdisc_sleeping) will always be reset when
dev_reset_queue() is called.
Fixes: 6b3ba9146f ("net: sched: allow qdiscs to handle locking")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add bpf_iter support for sockmap / sockhash, based on the bpf_sk_storage and
hashtable implementation. sockmap and sockhash share the same iteration
context: a pointer to an arbitrary key and a pointer to a socket. Both
pointers may be NULL, and so BPF has to perform a NULL check before accessing
them. Technically it's not possible for sockhash iteration to yield a NULL
socket, but we ignore this to be able to use a single iteration point.
Iteration will visit all keys that remain unmodified during the lifetime of
the iterator. It may or may not visit newly added ones.
Switch from using rcu_dereference_raw to plain rcu_dereference, so we gain
another guard rail if CONFIG_PROVE_RCU is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Lorenz Bauer <lmb@cloudflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200909162712.221874-3-lmb@cloudflare.com
The lookup paths for sockmap and sockhash currently include a check
that returns NULL if the socket we just found is not a full socket.
However, this check is not necessary. On insertion we ensure that
we have a full socket (caveat around sock_ops), so request sockets
are not a problem. Time-wait sockets are allocated separate from
the original socket and then fed into the hashdance. They don't
affect the sockets already stored in the sockmap.
Suggested-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jakub@cloudflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenz Bauer <lmb@cloudflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200909162712.221874-2-lmb@cloudflare.com
This patch set the init remote_id to zero, otherwise it will be a random
number.
Then it added the missing subflow's remote_id setting code both in
__mptcp_subflow_connect and in subflow_ulp_clone.
Fixes: 01cacb00b3 ("mptcp: add netlink-based PM")
Fixes: ec3edaa7ca ("mptcp: Add handling of outgoing MP_JOIN requests")
Fixes: f296234c98 ("mptcp: Add handling of incoming MP_JOIN requests")
Signed-off-by: Geliang Tang <geliangtang@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Matthieu Baerts <matthieu.baerts@tessares.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In mptcp_pm_nl_get_local_id, skc_local is the same as msk_local, so it
always return 0. Thus every subflow's local_id is 0. It's incorrect.
This patch fixed this issue.
Also, we need to ignore the zero address here, like 0.0.0.0 in IPv4. When
we use the zero address as a local address, it means that we can use any
one of the local addresses. The zero address is not a new address, we don't
need to add it to PM, so this patch added a new function address_zero to
check whether an address is the zero address, if it is, we ignore this
address.
Fixes: 01cacb00b3 ("mptcp: add netlink-based PM")
Signed-off-by: Geliang Tang <geliangtang@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Matthieu Baerts <matthieu.baerts@tessares.net>
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Insert the full 16 bit VIF ID into ipmr Netlink cache reports.
The VIF_ID attribute has 32 bits of space so can store the full VIF ID
extracted from the high and low byte fields in the igmpmsg.
Signed-off-by: Paul Davey <paul.davey@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the unused3 byte in struct igmpmsg to hold the high 8 bits of the
VIF ID.
If using more than 255 IPv4 multicast interfaces it is necessary to have
access to a VIF ID for cache reports that is wider than 8 bits, the VIF
ID present in the igmpmsg reports sent to mroute_sk was only 8 bits wide
in the igmpmsg header. Adding the high 8 bits of the 16 bit VIF ID in
the unused byte allows use of more than 255 IPv4 multicast interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Paul Davey <paul.davey@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Insert the multicast route table ID as a Netlink attribute to Netlink
cache report notifications.
When multiple route tables are in use it is necessary to have a way to
determine which route table a given cache report belongs to when
receiving the cache report.
Signed-off-by: Paul Davey <paul.davey@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I confirmed that the problem fixed by commit 2a63866c8b ("tipc: fix
shutdown() of connectionless socket") also applies to stream socket.
----------
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <sys/wait.h>
int main(int argc, char *argv[])
{
int fds[2] = { -1, -1 };
socketpair(PF_TIPC, SOCK_STREAM /* or SOCK_DGRAM */, 0, fds);
if (fork() == 0)
_exit(read(fds[0], NULL, 1));
shutdown(fds[0], SHUT_RDWR); /* This must make read() return. */
wait(NULL); /* To be woken up by _exit(). */
return 0;
}
----------
Since shutdown(SHUT_RDWR) should affect all processes sharing that socket,
unconditionally setting sk->sk_shutdown to SHUTDOWN_MASK will be the right
behavior.
Signed-off-by: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that controller number attribute is available, use it when
building phsy_port_name for external controller ports.
An example devlink port and representor netdev name consist of controller
annotation for external controller with controller number = 1,
for a VF 1 of PF 0:
$ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2
pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0c1pf0vf1 flavour pcivf controller 1 pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false
function:
hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00
$ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp
{
"port": {
"pci/0000:06:00.0/2": {
"type": "eth",
"netdev": "ens2f0c1pf0vf1",
"flavour": "pcivf",
"controller": 1,
"pfnum": 0,
"vfnum": 1,
"external": true,
"splittable": false,
"function": {
"hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00"
}
}
}
}
Controller number annotation is skipped for non external controllers to
maintain backward compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A devlink port may be for a controller consist of PCI device.
A devlink instance holds ports of two types of controllers.
(1) controller discovered on same system where eswitch resides
This is the case where PCI PF/VF of a controller and devlink eswitch
instance both are located on a single system.
(2) controller located on external host system.
This is the case where a controller is located in one system and its
devlink eswitch ports are located in a different system.
When a devlink eswitch instance serves the devlink ports of both
controllers together, PCI PF/VF numbers may overlap.
Due to this a unique phys_port_name cannot be constructed.
For example in below such system controller-0 and controller-1, each has
PCI PF pf0 whose eswitch ports can be present in controller-0.
These results in phys_port_name as "pf0" for both.
Similar problem exists for VFs and upcoming Sub functions.
An example view of two controller systems:
---------------------------------------------------------
| |
| --------- --------- ------- ------- |
----------- | | vf(s) | | sf(s) | |vf(s)| |sf(s)| |
| server | | ------- ----/---- ---/----- ------- ---/--- ---/--- |
| pci rc |=== | pf0 |______/________/ | pf1 |___/_______/ |
| connect | | ------- ------- |
----------- | | controller_num=1 (no eswitch) |
------|--------------------------------------------------
(internal wire)
|
---------------------------------------------------------
| devlink eswitch ports and reps |
| ----------------------------------------------------- |
| |ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 |ctrl-0 | |
| |pf0 | pf0vfN | pf0sfN | pf1 | pf1vfN |pf1sfN | |
| ----------------------------------------------------- |
| |ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 |ctrl-1 | |
| |pf1 | pf1vfN | pf1sfN | pf1 | pf1vfN |pf0sfN | |
| ----------------------------------------------------- |
| |
| |
| --------- --------- ------- ------- |
| | vf(s) | | sf(s) | |vf(s)| |sf(s)| |
| ------- ----/---- ---/----- ------- ---/--- ---/--- |
| | pf0 |______/________/ | pf1 |___/_______/ |
| ------- ------- |
| |
| local controller_num=0 (eswitch) |
---------------------------------------------------------
An example devlink port for external controller with controller
number = 1 for a VF 1 of PF 0:
$ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2
pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf controller 1 pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false
function:
hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00
$ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp
{
"port": {
"pci/0000:06:00.0/2": {
"type": "eth",
"netdev": "ens2f0pf0vf1",
"flavour": "pcivf",
"controller": 1,
"pfnum": 0,
"vfnum": 1,
"external": true,
"splittable": false,
"function": {
"hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00"
}
}
}
}
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A devlink eswitch port may represent PCI PF/VF ports of a controller.
A controller either located on same system or it can be an external
controller located in host where such NIC is plugged in.
Add the ability for driver to specify if a port is for external
controller.
Use such flag in the mlx5_core driver.
An example of an external controller having VF1 of PF0 belong to
controller 1.
$ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2
pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false
function:
hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00
$ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp
{
"port": {
"pci/0000:06:00.0/2": {
"type": "eth",
"netdev": "ens2f0pf0vf1",
"flavour": "pcivf",
"pfnum": 0,
"vfnum": 1,
"external": true,
"splittable": false,
"function": {
"hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00"
}
}
}
}
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for net-next:
1) Rewrite inner header IPv6 in ICMPv6 messages in ip6t_NPT,
from Michael Zhou.
2) do_ip_vs_set_ctl() dereferences uninitialized value,
from Peilin Ye.
3) Support for userdata in tables, from Jose M. Guisado.
4) Do not increment ct error and invalid stats at the same time,
from Florian Westphal.
5) Remove ct ignore stats, also from Florian.
6) Add ct stats for clash resolution, from Florian Westphal.
7) Bump reference counter bump on ct clash resolution only,
this is safe because bucket lock is held, again from Florian.
8) Use ip_is_fragment() in xt_HMARK, from YueHaibing.
9) Add wildcard support for nft_socket, from Balazs Scheidler.
10) Remove superfluous IPVS dependency on iptables, from
Yaroslav Bolyukin.
11) Remove unused definition in ebt_stp, from Wang Hai.
12) Replace CONFIG_NFT_CHAIN_NAT_{IPV4,IPV6} by CONFIG_NFT_NAT
in selftests/net, from Fabian Frederick.
13) Add userdata support for nft_object, from Jose M. Guisado.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
clean follow coccicheck warning:
net//hsr/hsr_netlink.c:94:8-42: WARNING avoid newline at end of message
in NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD
net//hsr/hsr_netlink.c:87:30-57: WARNING avoid newline at end of message
in NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD
net//hsr/hsr_netlink.c:79:29-53: WARNING avoid newline at end of message
in NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD
Signed-off-by: Ye Bin <yebin10@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Highlights include:
Bugfixes:
- Fix an NFS/RDMA resource leak
- Fix the error handling during delegation recall
- NFSv4.0 needs to return the delegation on a zero-stateid SETATTR
- Stop printk reading past end of string
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=3fw2
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfs-for-5.9-2' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs
Pull NFS client bugfixes from Trond Myklebust:
- Fix an NFS/RDMA resource leak
- Fix the error handling during delegation recall
- NFSv4.0 needs to return the delegation on a zero-stateid SETATTR
- Stop printk reading past end of string
* tag 'nfs-for-5.9-2' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs:
SUNRPC: stop printk reading past end of string
NFS: Zero-stateid SETATTR should first return delegation
NFSv4.1 handle ERR_DELAY error reclaiming locking state on delegation recall
xprtrdma: Release in-flight MRs on disconnect
Currently, ipv6 stack does not do any TOS reflection. To make the
behavior consistent with v4 stack, this commit adds TOS reflection in
tcp_v6_reqsk_send_ack() and tcp_v6_send_reset(). We clear the lower
2-bit ECN value of the received TOS in compliance with RFC 3168 6.1.5
robustness principles.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, in tcp_v4_reqsk_send_ack() and tcp_v4_send_reset(), we
echo the TOS value of the received packets in the response.
However, we do not want to echo the lower 2 ECN bits in accordance
with RFC 3168 6.1.5 robustness principles.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=f+/X
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rxrpc-next-20200908' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
David Howells says:
====================
rxrpc: Allow more calls to same peer
Here are some development patches for AF_RXRPC that allow more simultaneous
calls to be made to the same peer with the same security parameters. The
current code allows a maximum of 4 simultaneous calls, which limits the afs
filesystem to that many simultaneous threads. This increases the limit to
16.
To make this work, the way client connections are limited has to be changed
(incoming call/connection limits are unaffected) as the current code
depends on queuing calls on a connection and then pushing the connection
through a queue. The limit is on the number of available connections.
This is changed such that there's a limit[*] on the total number of calls
systemwide across all namespaces, but the limit on the number of client
connections is removed.
Once a call is allowed to proceed, it finds a bundle of connections and
tries to grab a call slot. If there's a spare call slot, fine, otherwise
it will wait. If there's already a waiter, it will try to create another
connection in the bundle, unless the limit of 4 is reached (4 calls per
connection, giving 16).
A number of things throttle someone trying to set up endless connections:
- Calls that fail immediately have their conns deleted immediately,
- Calls that don't fail immediately have to wait for a timeout,
- Connections normally get automatically reaped if they haven't been used
for 2m, but this is sped up to 2s if the number of connections rises
over 900. This number is tunable by sysctl.
[*] Technically two limits - kernel sockets and userspace rxrpc sockets are
accounted separately.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Stefan Schmidt says:
====================
pull-request: ieee802154 for net 2020-09-08
An update from ieee802154 for your *net* tree.
A potential memory leak fix for ca8210 from Liu Jian,
a check on the return for a register read in adf7242
and finally a user after free fix in the softmac tx
function from Eric found by syzkaller.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Stephen reported the following warning:
net/bridge/br_multicast.c: In function 'br_multicast_find_port':
net/bridge/br_multicast.c:1818:21: warning: unused variable 'br' [-Wunused-variable]
1818 | struct net_bridge *br = mp->br;
| ^~
It happens due to bridge's mlock_dereference() when lockdep isn't defined.
Silence the warning by annotating the variable as __maybe_unused.
Fixes: 0436862e41 ("net: bridge: mcast: support for IGMPv3/MLDv2 ALLOW_NEW_SOURCES report")
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If CONFIG_IPV6=m, the IPV6 functions won't be found by the linker:
ld: net/core/fib_rules.o: in function `fib_rules_lookup':
fib_rules.c:(.text+0x606): undefined reference to `fib6_rule_match'
ld: fib_rules.c:(.text+0x611): undefined reference to `fib6_rule_match'
ld: fib_rules.c:(.text+0x68c): undefined reference to `fib6_rule_action'
ld: fib_rules.c:(.text+0x693): undefined reference to `fib6_rule_action'
ld: fib_rules.c:(.text+0x6aa): undefined reference to `fib6_rule_suppress'
ld: fib_rules.c:(.text+0x6bc): undefined reference to `fib6_rule_suppress'
make: *** [Makefile:1166: vmlinux] Error 1
Reported-by: Sven Joachim <svenjoac@gmx.de>
Fixes: b9aaec8f0b ("fib: use indirect call wrappers in the most common fib_rules_ops")
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> # build-tested
Signed-off-by: Brian Vazquez <brianvv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
===================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for net:
1) Allow conntrack entries with l3num == NFPROTO_IPV4 or == NFPROTO_IPV6
only via ctnetlink, from Will McVicker.
2) Batch notifications to userspace to improve netlink socket receive
utilization.
3) Restore mark based dump filtering via ctnetlink, from Martin Willi.
4) nf_conncount_init() fails with -EPROTO with CONFIG_IPV6, from
Eelco Chaudron.
5) Containers fail to match on meta skuid and skgid, use socket user_ns
to retrieve meta skuid and skgid.
===================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
net/netlabel/netlabel_calipso.c:438: warning: Excess function parameter 'audit_secid' description in 'calipso_doi_remove'
net/netlabel/netlabel_calipso.c:605: warning: Excess function parameter 'reg' description in 'calipso_req_delattr'
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
net/ipv4/cipso_ipv4.c:510: warning: Excess function parameter 'audit_secid' description in 'cipso_v4_doi_remove'
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 845e0ebb44 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static
key"), cascaded DSA setups (DSA switch port as DSA master for another
DSA switch port) are emitting this lockdep warning:
============================================
WARNING: possible recursive locking detected
5.8.0-rc1-00133-g923e4b5032dd-dirty #208 Not tainted
--------------------------------------------
dhcpcd/323 is trying to acquire lock:
ffff000066dd4268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
but task is already holding lock:
ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
other info that might help us debug this:
Possible unsafe locking scenario:
CPU0
----
lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1);
lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1);
*** DEADLOCK ***
May be due to missing lock nesting notation
3 locks held by dhcpcd/323:
#0: ffffdbd1381dda18 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.}-{3:3}, at: rtnl_lock+0x24/0x30
#1: ffff00006614b268 (_xmit_ETHER){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_set_rx_mode+0x28/0x48
#2: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
stack backtrace:
Call trace:
dump_backtrace+0x0/0x1e0
show_stack+0x20/0x30
dump_stack+0xec/0x158
__lock_acquire+0xca0/0x2398
lock_acquire+0xe8/0x440
_raw_spin_lock_nested+0x64/0x90
dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50
__dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0
dev_mc_sync+0x84/0x90
dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50
__dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0
dev_set_rx_mode+0x30/0x48
__dev_open+0x10c/0x180
__dev_change_flags+0x170/0x1c8
dev_change_flags+0x2c/0x70
devinet_ioctl+0x774/0x878
inet_ioctl+0x348/0x3b0
sock_do_ioctl+0x50/0x310
sock_ioctl+0x1f8/0x580
ksys_ioctl+0xb0/0xf0
__arm64_sys_ioctl+0x28/0x38
el0_svc_common.constprop.0+0x7c/0x180
do_el0_svc+0x2c/0x98
el0_sync_handler+0x9c/0x1b8
el0_sync+0x158/0x180
Since DSA never made use of the netdev API for describing links between
upper devices and lower devices, the dev->lower_level value of a DSA
switch interface would be 1, which would warn when it is a DSA master.
We can use netdev_upper_dev_link() to describe the relationship between
a DSA slave and a DSA master. To be precise, a DSA "slave" (switch port)
is an "upper" to a DSA "master" (host port). The relationship is "many
uppers to one lower", like in the case of VLAN. So, for that reason, we
use the same function as VLAN uses.
There might be a chance that somebody will try to take hold of this
interface and use it immediately after register_netdev() and before
netdev_upper_dev_link(). To avoid that, we do the registration and
linkage while holding the RTNL, and we use the RTNL-locked cousin of
register_netdev(), which is register_netdevice().
Since this warning was not there when lockdep was using dynamic keys for
addr_list_lock, we are blaming the lockdep patch itself. The network
stack _has_ been using static lockdep keys before, and it _is_ likely
that stacked DSA setups have been triggering these lockdep warnings
since forever, however I can't test very old kernels on this particular
stacked DSA setup, to ensure I'm not in fact introducing regressions.
Fixes: 845e0ebb44 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key")
Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewing the error handling in tcf_action_init_1()
most of the early handling uses
err_out:
if (cookie) {
kfree(cookie->data);
kfree(cookie);
}
before cookie could ever be set.
So skip the unnecessay check.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rix <trix@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow the number of parallel connections to a machine to be expanded from a
single connection to a maximum of four. This allows up to 16 calls to be
in progress at the same time to any particular peer instead of 4.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Rewrite the rxrpc client connection manager so that it can support multiple
connections for a given security key to a peer. The following changes are
made:
(1) For each open socket, the code currently maintains an rbtree with the
connections placed into it, keyed by communications parameters. This
is tricky to maintain as connections can be culled from the tree or
replaced within it. Connections can require replacement for a number
of reasons, e.g. their IDs span too great a range for the IDR data
type to represent efficiently, the call ID numbers on that conn would
overflow or the conn got aborted.
This is changed so that there's now a connection bundle object placed
in the tree, keyed on the same parameters. The bundle, however, does
not need to be replaced.
(2) An rxrpc_bundle object can now manage the available channels for a set
of parallel connections. The lock that manages this is moved there
from the rxrpc_connection struct (channel_lock).
(3) There'a a dummy bundle for all incoming connections to share so that
they have a channel_lock too. It might be better to give each
incoming connection its own bundle. This bundle is not needed to
manage which channels incoming calls are made on because that's the
solely at whim of the client.
(4) The restrictions on how many client connections are around are
removed. Instead, a previous patch limits the number of client calls
that can be allocated. Ordinarily, client connections are reaped
after 2 minutes on the idle queue, but when more than a certain number
of connections are in existence, the reaper starts reaping them after
2s of idleness instead to get the numbers back down.
It could also be made such that new call allocations are forced to
wait until the number of outstanding connections subsides.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Impose a maximum on the number of client rxrpc calls that are allowed
simultaneously. This will be in lieu of a maximum number of client
connections as this is easier to administed as, unlike connections, calls
aren't reusable (to be changed in a subsequent patch)..
This doesn't affect the limits on service calls and connections.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Bryce reported that he saw the following with:
0: r6 = r1
1: r1 = 12
2: r0 = *(u16 *)skb[r1]
The xlated sequence was incorrectly clobbering r2 with pointer
value of r6 ...
0: (bf) r6 = r1
1: (b7) r1 = 12
2: (bf) r1 = r6
3: (bf) r2 = r1
4: (85) call bpf_skb_load_helper_16_no_cache#7692160
... and hence call to the load helper never succeeded given the
offset was too high. Fix it by reordering the load of r6 to r1.
Other than that the insn has similar calling convention than BPF
helpers, that is, r0 - r5 are scratch regs, so nothing else
affected after the insn.
Fixes: e0cea7ce98 ("bpf: implement ld_abs/ld_ind in native bpf")
Reported-by: Bryce Kahle <bryce.kahle@datadoghq.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/cace836e4d07bb63b1a53e49c5dfb238a040c298.1599512096.git.daniel@iogearbox.net
Enables storing userdata for nft_object. Initially this will store an
optional comment but can be extended in the future as needed.
Adds new attribute NFTA_OBJ_USERDATA to nft_object.
Signed-off-by: Jose M. Guisado Gomez <guigom@riseup.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
... instead of using init_user_ns.
Fixes: 96518518cc ("netfilter: add nftables")
Tested-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The openvswitch module fails initialization when used in a kernel
without IPv6 enabled. nf_conncount_init() fails because the ct code
unconditionally tries to initialize the netns IPv6 related bit,
regardless of the build option. The change below ignores the IPv6
part if not enabled.
Note that the corresponding _put() function already has this IPv6
configuration check.
Fixes: 11efd5cb04 ("openvswitch: Support conntrack zone limit")
Signed-off-by: Eelco Chaudron <echaudro@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
conntrack mark based dump filtering may falsely skip entries if a mask
is given: If the mask-based check does not filter out the entry, the
else-if check is always true and compares the mark without considering
the mask. The if/else-if logic seems wrong.
Given that the mask during filter setup is implicitly set to 0xffffffff
if not specified explicitly, the mark filtering flags seem to just
complicate things. Restore the previously used approach by always
matching against a zero mask is no filter mark is given.
Fixes: cb8aa9a3af ("netfilter: ctnetlink: add kernel side filtering for dump")
Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
On x86_64, each notification results in one skbuff allocation which
consumes at least 768 bytes due to the skbuff overhead.
This patch coalesces several notifications into one single skbuff, so
each notification consumes at least ~211 bytes, that ~3.5 times less
memory consumption. As a result, this is reducing the chances to exhaust
the netlink socket receive buffer.
Rule of thumb is that each notification batch only contains netlink
messages whose report flag is the same, nfnetlink_send() requires this
to do appropriate delivery to userspace, either via unicast (echo
mode) or multicast (monitor mode).
The skbuff control buffer is used to annotate the report flag for later
handling at the new coalescing routine.
The batch skbuff notification size is NLMSG_GOODSIZE, using a larger
skbuff would allow for more socket receiver buffer savings (to amortize
the cost of the skbuff even more), however, going over that size might
break userspace applications, so let's be conservative and stick to
NLMSG_GOODSIZE.
Reported-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Acked-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
BPDU_TYPE_TCN is never used after it was introduced.
So better to remove it.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The indexes to the nf_nat_l[34]protos arrays come from userspace. So
check the tuple's family, e.g. l3num, when creating the conntrack in
order to prevent an OOB memory access during setup. Here is an example
kernel panic on 4.14.180 when userspace passes in an index greater than
NFPROTO_NUMPROTO.
Internal error: Oops - BUG: 0 [#1] PREEMPT SMP
Modules linked in:...
Process poc (pid: 5614, stack limit = 0x00000000a3933121)
CPU: 4 PID: 5614 Comm: poc Tainted: G S W O 4.14.180-g051355490483
Hardware name: Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. SM8150 V2 PM8150 Google Inc. MSM
task: 000000002a3dfffe task.stack: 00000000a3933121
pc : __cfi_check_fail+0x1c/0x24
lr : __cfi_check_fail+0x1c/0x24
...
Call trace:
__cfi_check_fail+0x1c/0x24
name_to_dev_t+0x0/0x468
nfnetlink_parse_nat_setup+0x234/0x258
ctnetlink_parse_nat_setup+0x4c/0x228
ctnetlink_new_conntrack+0x590/0xc40
nfnetlink_rcv_msg+0x31c/0x4d4
netlink_rcv_skb+0x100/0x184
nfnetlink_rcv+0xf4/0x180
netlink_unicast+0x360/0x770
netlink_sendmsg+0x5a0/0x6a4
___sys_sendmsg+0x314/0x46c
SyS_sendmsg+0xb4/0x108
el0_svc_naked+0x34/0x38
This crash is not happening since 5.4+, however, ctnetlink still
allows for creating entries with unsupported layer 3 protocol number.
Fixes: c1d10adb4a ("[NETFILTER]: Add ctnetlink port for nf_conntrack")
Signed-off-by: Will McVicker <willmcvicker@google.com>
[pablo@netfilter.org: rebased original patch on top of nf.git]
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Commit 72579e14a1 ("net: dsa: don't fail to probe if we couldn't set
the MTU") changed, for some reason, the "err && err != -EOPNOTSUPP"
check into a simple "err". This causes the MTU warning to be printed
even for drivers that don't have the MTU operations implemented.
Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
slave_dev->name is only populated at this stage if it was specified
through a label in the device tree. However that is not mandatory.
When it isn't, the error message looks like this:
[ 5.037057] fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eth2: error -19 setting up slave PHY for eth%d
[ 5.044672] fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eth2: error -19 setting up slave PHY for eth%d
[ 5.052275] fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eth2: error -19 setting up slave PHY for eth%d
[ 5.059877] fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eth2: error -19 setting up slave PHY for eth%d
which is especially confusing since the error gets printed on behalf of
the DSA master (fsl_enetc in this case).
Printing an error message that contains a valid reference to the DSA
port's name is difficult at this point in the initialization stage, so
at least we should print some info that is more reliable, even if less
user-friendly. That may be the driver name and the hardware port index.
After this change, the error is printed as:
[ 6.051587] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: error -19 setting up PHY for tree 0, switch 0, port 0
[ 6.061192] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: error -19 setting up PHY for tree 0, switch 0, port 1
[ 6.070765] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: error -19 setting up PHY for tree 0, switch 0, port 2
[ 6.080324] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: error -19 setting up PHY for tree 0, switch 0, port 3
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
rxrpc_min_rtt_wlen is never used after it was introduced.
So better to remove it.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Since each entry type has timers that can be running simultaneously we need
to make sure that entries are not freed before their timers have finished.
In order to do that generalize the src gc work to mcast gc work and use a
callback to free the entries (mdb, port group or src).
v3: add IPv6 support
v2: force mcast gc on port del to make sure all port group timers have
finished before freeing the bridge port
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
When an IGMPv3/MLDv2 query is received and we're operating in such mode
then we need to avoid updating group timers if the suppress flag is set.
Also we should update only timers for groups in exclude mode.
v3: add IPv6/MLDv2 support
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
We already have all necessary helpers, so process IGMPV3/MLDv2
BLOCK_OLD_SOURCES as per the RFCs.
v3: add IPv6/MLDv2 support
v2: directly do flag bit operations
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
In order to process IGMPV3/MLDv2 CHANGE_TO_INCLUDE/EXCLUDE report types we
need new helpers which allow us to mark entries based on their timer
state and to query only marked entries.
v3: add IPv6/MLDv2 support, fix other_query checks
v2: directly do flag bit operations
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
In order to process IGMPV3/MLDv2_MODE_IS_INCLUDE/EXCLUDE report types we
need some new helpers which allow us to set/clear flags for all current
entries and later delete marked entries after the report sources have been
processed.
v3: add IPv6/MLDv2 support
v2: drop flag helpers and directly do flag bit operations
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patch adds handling for the ALLOW_NEW_SOURCES IGMPv3/MLDv2 report
types and limits them only when multicast_igmp_version == 3 or
multicast_mld_version == 2 respectively. Now that IGMPv3/MLDv2 handling
functions will be managing timers we need to delay their activation, thus
a new argument is added which controls if the timer should be updated.
We also disable host IGMPv3/MLDv2 handling as it's not yet implemented and
could cause inconsistent group state, the host can only join a group as
EXCLUDE {} or leave it.
v4: rename update_timer to igmpv2_mldv1 and use the passed value from
br_multicast_add_group's callers
v3: Add IPv6/MLDv2 support
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
If an expired port group is in EXCLUDE mode, then we have to turn it
into INCLUDE mode, remove all srcs with zero timer and finally remove
the group itself if there are no more srcs with an active timer.
For IGMPv2 use there would be no sources, so this will reduce to just
removing the group as before.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
We have to use mdb and port entries when sending mdb notifications in
order to fill in all group attributes properly. Before this change we
would've used a fake br_mdb_entry struct to fill in only partial
information about the mdb. Now we can also reuse the mdb dump fill
function and thus have only a single central place which fills the mdb
attributes.
v3: add IPv6 support
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This change is in preparation for using the mdb port group entries when
sending a notification, so their full state and additional attributes can
be filled in.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
We need to be able to retransmit group-specific and group-and-source
specific queries. The new timer takes care of those.
v3: add IPv6 support
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Allows br_multicast_alloc_query to build queries with the port group's
source lists and sends a query for sources over and under lmqt when
necessary as per RFCs 3376 and 3810 with the suppress flag set
appropriately.
v3: add IPv6 support
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Support per port group src list (address and timer) and filter mode
dumping. Protected by either multicast_lock or rcu.
v3: add IPv6 support
v2: require RCU or multicast_lock to traverse src groups
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Initial functions for group source lists which are needed for IGMPv3
and MLDv2 include/exclude lists. Both IPv4 and IPv6 sources are supported.
User-added mdb entries are created with exclude filter mode, we can
extend that later to allow user-supplied mode. When group src entries
are deleted, they're freed from a workqueue to make sure their timers
are not still running. Source entries are protected by the multicast_lock
and rcu. The number of src groups per port group is limited to 32.
v4: use the new port group del function directly
add igmpv2/mldv1 bool to denote if the entry was added in those
modes, it will later replace the old update_timer bool
v3: add IPv6 support
v2: allow src groups to be traversed under rcu
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
In order to avoid future errors and reduce code duplication we should
factor out the port group del sequence. This allows us to have one
function which takes care of all details when removing a port group.
v4: set pg's fast leave flag when deleting due to fast leave
move the patch before adding source lists
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Before this patch we'd need 2 cache lines for fast-path, now all used
fields are in the first cache line.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
In the commit fdeba99b1e
("tipc: fix use-after-free in tipc_bcast_get_mode"), we're trying
to make sure the tipc_net_finalize_work work item finished if it
enqueued. But calling flush_scheduled_work() is not just affecting
above work item but either any scheduled work. This has turned out
to be overkill and caused to deadlock as syzbot reported:
======================================================
WARNING: possible circular locking dependency detected
5.9.0-rc2-next-20200828-syzkaller #0 Not tainted
------------------------------------------------------
kworker/u4:6/349 is trying to acquire lock:
ffff8880aa063d38 ((wq_completion)events){+.+.}-{0:0}, at: flush_workqueue+0xe1/0x13e0 kernel/workqueue.c:2777
but task is already holding lock:
ffffffff8a879430 (pernet_ops_rwsem){++++}-{3:3}, at: cleanup_net+0x9b/0xb10 net/core/net_namespace.c:565
[...]
Possible unsafe locking scenario:
CPU0 CPU1
---- ----
lock(pernet_ops_rwsem);
lock(&sb->s_type->i_mutex_key#13);
lock(pernet_ops_rwsem);
lock((wq_completion)events);
*** DEADLOCK ***
[...]
v1:
To fix the original issue, we replace above calling by introducing
a bit flag. When a namespace cleaned-up, bit flag is set to zero and:
- tipc_net_finalize functionial just does return immediately.
- tipc_net_finalize_work does not enqueue into the scheduled work queue.
v2:
Use cancel_work_sync() helper to make sure ONLY the
tipc_net_finalize_work() stopped before releasing bcbase object.
Reported-by: syzbot+d5aa7e0385f6a5d0f4fd@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Fixes: fdeba99b1e ("tipc: fix use-after-free in tipc_bcast_get_mode")
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hoang Huu Le <hoang.h.le@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
When we clone state only add_time was cloned. It missed values like
bytes, packets. Now clone the all members of the structure.
v1->v3:
- use memcpy to copy the entire structure
Fixes: 80c9abaabf ("[XFRM]: Extension for dynamic update of endpoint address(es)")
Signed-off-by: Antony Antony <antony.antony@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
XFRMA_SEC_CTX was not cloned from the old to the new.
Migrate this attribute during XFRMA_MSG_MIGRATE
v1->v2:
- return -ENOMEM on error
v2->v3:
- fix return type to int
Fixes: 80c9abaabf ("[XFRM]: Extension for dynamic update of endpoint address(es)")
Signed-off-by: Antony Antony <antony.antony@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
XFRMA_SET_MARK and XFRMA_SET_MARK_MASK was not cloned from the old
to the new. Migrate these two attributes during XFRMA_MSG_MIGRATE
Fixes: 9b42c1f179 ("xfrm: Extend the output_mark to support input direction and masking.")
Signed-off-by: Antony Antony <antony.antony@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
BLOCK_PRIV is never used after it was introduced.
So better to remove it.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
DIGITAL_NFC_DEP_REQ_RES_TAILROOM is never used after it was introduced.
DIGITAL_NFC_DEP_REQ_RES_HEADROOM is no more used after below
commit e8e7f42175 ("NFC: digital: Remove useless call to skb_reserve()")
Remove them.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Remove SRVL_CTRL_PKT_SIZE which is defined more than once.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Since p points at raw xdr data, there's no guarantee that it's NULL
terminated, so we should give a length. And probably escape any special
characters too.
Reported-by: Zhi Li <yieli@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@hammerspace.com>
The unicast packet rerouting code makes several assumptions. For
instance it assumes that there is always exactly one destination in the
TT. This breaks for multicast frames in a unicast packets in several ways:
For one thing if there is actually no TT entry and the destination node
was selected due to the multicast tvlv flags it announced. Then an
intermediate node will wrongly drop the packet.
For another thing if there is a TT entry but the TTVN of this entry is
newer than the originally addressed destination node: Then the
intermediate node will wrongly redirect the packet, leading to
duplicated multicast packets at a multicast listener and missing
packets at other multicast listeners or multicast routers.
Fixing this by not applying the unicast packet rerouting to batman-adv
unicast packets with a multicast payload. We are not able to detect a
roaming multicast listener at the moment and will just continue to send
the multicast frame to both the new and old destination for a while in
case of such a roaming multicast listener.
Fixes: a73105b8d4 ("batman-adv: improved client announcement mechanism")
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
The following deadlock scenario is triggered by syzbot:
Thread A: Thread B:
tcf_idr_check_alloc()
...
populate_metalist()
rtnl_unlock()
rtnl_lock()
...
request_module() tcf_idr_check_alloc()
rtnl_lock()
At this point, thread A is waiting for thread B to release RTNL
lock, while thread B is waiting for thread A to commit the IDR
change with tcf_idr_insert() later.
Break this deadlock situation by preloading ife modules earlier,
before tcf_idr_check_alloc(), this is fine because we only need
to load modules we need potentially.
Reported-and-tested-by: syzbot+80e32b5d1f9923f8ace6@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Fixes: 0190c1d452 ("net: sched: atomically check-allocate action")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
We got slightly different patches removing a double word
in a comment in net/ipv4/raw.c - picked the version from net.
Simple conflict in drivers/net/ethernet/ibm/ibmvnic.c. Use cached
values instead of VNIC login response buffer (following what
commit 507ebe6444 ("ibmvnic: Fix use-after-free of VNIC login
response buffer") did).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Using tp_reserve to calculate netoff can overflow as
tp_reserve is unsigned int and netoff is unsigned short.
This may lead to macoff receving a smaller value then
sizeof(struct virtio_net_hdr), and if po->has_vnet_hdr
is set, an out-of-bounds write will occur when
calling virtio_net_hdr_from_skb.
The bug is fixed by converting netoff to unsigned int
and checking if it exceeds USHRT_MAX.
This addresses CVE-2020-14386
Fixes: 8913336a7e ("packet: add PACKET_RESERVE sockopt")
Signed-off-by: Or Cohen <orcohen@paloaltonetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Use netif_rx_ni() when necessary in batman-adv stack, from Jussi
Kivilinna.
2) Fix loss of RTT samples in rxrpc, from David Howells.
3) Memory leak in hns_nic_dev_probe(), from Dignhao Liu.
4) ravb module cannot be unloaded, fix from Yuusuke Ashizuka.
5) We disable BH for too lokng in sctp_get_port_local(), add a
cond_resched() here as well, from Xin Long.
6) Fix memory leak in st95hf_in_send_cmd, from Dinghao Liu.
7) Out of bound access in bpf_raw_tp_link_fill_link_info(), from
Yonghong Song.
8) Missing of_node_put() in mt7530 DSA driver, from Sumera
Priyadarsini.
9) Fix crash in bnxt_fw_reset_task(), from Michael Chan.
10) Fix geneve tunnel checksumming bug in hns3, from Yi Li.
11) Memory leak in rxkad_verify_response, from Dinghao Liu.
12) In tipc, don't use smp_processor_id() in preemptible context. From
Tuong Lien.
13) Fix signedness issue in mlx4 memory allocation, from Shung-Hsi Yu.
14) Missing clk_disable_prepare() in gemini driver, from Dan Carpenter.
15) Fix ABI mismatch between driver and firmware in nfp, from Louis
Peens.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net: (110 commits)
net/smc: fix sock refcounting in case of termination
net/smc: reset sndbuf_desc if freed
net/smc: set rx_off for SMCR explicitly
net/smc: fix toleration of fake add_link messages
tg3: Fix soft lockup when tg3_reset_task() fails.
doc: net: dsa: Fix typo in config code sample
net: dp83867: Fix WoL SecureOn password
nfp: flower: fix ABI mismatch between driver and firmware
tipc: fix shutdown() of connectionless socket
ipv6: Fix sysctl max for fib_multipath_hash_policy
drivers/net/wan/hdlc: Change the default of hard_header_len to 0
net: gemini: Fix another missing clk_disable_unprepare() in probe
net: bcmgenet: fix mask check in bcmgenet_validate_flow()
amd-xgbe: Add support for new port mode
net: usb: dm9601: Add USB ID of Keenetic Plus DSL
vhost: fix typo in error message
net: ethernet: mlx4: Fix memory allocation in mlx4_buddy_init()
pktgen: fix error message with wrong function name
net: ethernet: ti: am65-cpsw: fix rmii 100Mbit link mode
cxgb4: fix thermal zone device registration
...
When an ISM device is removed, all its linkgroups are terminated,
i.e. all the corresponding connections are killed.
Connection killing invokes smc_close_active_abort(), which decreases
the sock refcount for certain states to simulate passive closing.
And it cancels the close worker and has to give up the sock lock for
this timeframe. This opens the door for a passive close worker or a
socket close to run in between. In this case smc_close_active_abort() and
passive close worker resp. smc_release() might do a sock_put for passive
closing. This causes:
[ 1323.315943] refcount_t: underflow; use-after-free.
[ 1323.316055] WARNING: CPU: 3 PID: 54469 at lib/refcount.c:28 refcount_warn_saturate+0xe8/0x130
[ 1323.316069] Kernel panic - not syncing: panic_on_warn set ...
[ 1323.316084] CPU: 3 PID: 54469 Comm: uperf Not tainted 5.9.0-20200826.rc2.git0.46328853ed20.300.fc32.s390x+debug #1
[ 1323.316096] Hardware name: IBM 2964 NC9 702 (z/VM 6.4.0)
[ 1323.316108] Call Trace:
[ 1323.316125] [<00000000c0d4aae8>] show_stack+0x90/0xf8
[ 1323.316143] [<00000000c15989b0>] dump_stack+0xa8/0xe8
[ 1323.316158] [<00000000c0d8344e>] panic+0x11e/0x288
[ 1323.316173] [<00000000c0d83144>] __warn+0xac/0x158
[ 1323.316187] [<00000000c1597a7a>] report_bug+0xb2/0x130
[ 1323.316201] [<00000000c0d36424>] monitor_event_exception+0x44/0xc0
[ 1323.316219] [<00000000c195c716>] pgm_check_handler+0x1da/0x238
[ 1323.316234] [<00000000c151844c>] refcount_warn_saturate+0xec/0x130
[ 1323.316280] ([<00000000c1518448>] refcount_warn_saturate+0xe8/0x130)
[ 1323.316310] [<000003ff801f2e2a>] smc_release+0x192/0x1c8 [smc]
[ 1323.316323] [<00000000c169f1fa>] __sock_release+0x5a/0xe0
[ 1323.316334] [<00000000c169f2ac>] sock_close+0x2c/0x40
[ 1323.316350] [<00000000c1086de0>] __fput+0xb8/0x278
[ 1323.316362] [<00000000c0db1e0e>] task_work_run+0x76/0xb8
[ 1323.316393] [<00000000c0d8ab84>] do_exit+0x26c/0x520
[ 1323.316408] [<00000000c0d8af08>] do_group_exit+0x48/0xc0
[ 1323.316421] [<00000000c0d8afa8>] __s390x_sys_exit_group+0x28/0x38
[ 1323.316433] [<00000000c195c32c>] system_call+0xe0/0x2b4
[ 1323.316446] 1 lock held by uperf/54469:
[ 1323.316456] #0: 0000000044125e60 (&sb->s_type->i_mutex_key#9){+.+.}-{3:3}, at: __sock_release+0x44/0xe0
The patch rechecks sock state in smc_close_active_abort() after
smc_close_cancel_work() to avoid duplicate decrease of sock
refcount for the same purpose.
Fixes: 611b63a127 ("net/smc: cancel tx worker in case of socket aborts")
Reviewed-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SMC tries to make use of SMCD first. If a problem shows up,
it tries to switch to SMCR. If the SMCD initializing problem shows
up after the SMCD connection has already been initialized, field
rx_off keeps the wrong SMCD value for SMCR, which results in corrupted
data at the receiver.
This patch adds an explicit (re-)setting of field rx_off to zero if the
connection uses SMCR.
Fixes: be244f28d2 ("net/smc: add SMC-D support in data transfer")
Reviewed-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Older SMCR implementations had no link failover support and used one
link only. Because the handshake protocol requires to try the
establishment of a second link the old code sent a fake add_link message
and declined any server response afterwards.
The current code supports multiple links and inspects the received fake
add_link message more closely. To tolerate the fake add_link messages
smc_llc_is_local_add_link() needs an improved check of the message to
be able to separate between locally enqueued and fake add_link messages.
And smc_llc_cli_add_link() needs to check if the provided qp_mtu size is
invalid and reject the add_link request in that case.
Fixes: c48254fa48 ("net/smc: move add link processing for new device into llc layer")
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Expose all exisiting inet sockopt bits through inet_diag for debug purpose.
Corresponding changes in iproute2 ss will be submitted to output all
these values.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If ops->set_phys_id() returned an error, previously we would only break
out of the inner loop, which neither stopped the outer loop nor returned
the error to the user (since 'rc' would be overwritten on the next pass
through the loop).
Thus, rewrite it to use a single loop, so that the break does the right
thing. Use u64 for 'count' and 'i' to prevent overflow in case of
(unreasonably) large values of id.data and n.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
l2tp_tunnel_closeall is called as a part of tunnel shutdown in order to
close all the sessions held by the tunnel. The code it uses to close a
session duplicates what l2tp_session_delete does.
Rather than duplicating the code, have l2tp_tunnel_closeall call
l2tp_session_delete instead.
This involves a very minor change to locking in l2tp_tunnel_closeall.
Previously, l2tp_tunnel_closeall checked the session "dead" flag while
holding tunnel->hlist_lock. This allowed for the code to step to the
next session in the list without releasing the lock if the current
session happened to be in the process of closing already.
By calling l2tp_session_delete instead, l2tp_tunnel_closeall must now
drop and regain the hlist lock for each session in the tunnel list.
Given that the likelihood of a session being in the process of closing
when the tunnel is closed, it seems worth this very minor potential
loss of efficiency to avoid duplication of the session delete code.
Signed-off-by: Tom Parkin <tparkin@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The l2tp tunnel and session structures contain a "magic feather" field
which was originally intended to help trace lifetime bugs in the code.
Since the introduction of the shared kernel refcount code in refcount.h,
and l2tp's porting to those APIs, we are covered by the refcount code's
checks and warnings. Duplicating those checks in the l2tp code isn't
useful.
However, magic feather checks are still useful to help to detect bugs
stemming from misuse/trampling of the sk_user_data pointer in struct
sock. The l2tp code makes extensive use of sk_user_data to stash
pointers to the tunnel and session structures, and if another subsystem
overwrites sk_user_data it's important to detect this.
As such, rework l2tp's magic feather checks to focus on validating the
tunnel and session data structures when they're extracted from
sk_user_data.
* Add a new accessor function l2tp_sk_to_tunnel which contains a magic
feather check, and is used by l2tp_core and l2tp_ip[6]
* Comment l2tp_udp_encap_recv which doesn't use this new accessor function
because of the specific nature of the codepath it is called in
* Drop l2tp_session_queue_purge's check on the session magic feather:
it is called from code which is walking the tunnel session list, and
hence doesn't need validation
* Drop l2tp_session_free's check on the tunnel magic feather: the
intention of this check is covered by refcount.h's reference count
sanity checking
* Add session magic validation in pppol2tp_ioctl. On failure return
-EBADF, which mirrors the approach in pppol2tp_[sg]etsockopt.
Signed-off-by: Tom Parkin <tparkin@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
l2tp_xmit_skb has a number of failure paths which are not reflected in
the tunnel and session statistics because the stats are updated by
l2tp_xmit_core. Hence any errors occurring before l2tp_xmit_core is
called are missed from the statistics.
Refactor the transmit path slightly to capture all error paths.
l2tp_xmit_skb now leaves all the actual work of transmission to
l2tp_xmit_core, and updates the statistics based on l2tp_xmit_core's
return code.
Signed-off-by: Tom Parkin <tparkin@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The data_len argument passed to l2tp_xmit_core is no longer used, so
remove it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Parkin <tparkin@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All callers pass the session structure's hdr_len field as the header
length parameter to l2tp_xmit_skb.
Since we're passing a pointer to the session structure to l2tp_xmit_skb
anyway, there's not much point breaking the header length out as a
separate argument.
Signed-off-by: Tom Parkin <tparkin@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
syzbot is reporting hung task at nbd_ioctl() [1], for there are two
problems regarding TIPC's connectionless socket's shutdown() operation.
----------
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
#include <linux/nbd.h>
#include <unistd.h>
int main(int argc, char *argv[])
{
const int fd = open("/dev/nbd0", 3);
alarm(5);
ioctl(fd, NBD_SET_SOCK, socket(PF_TIPC, SOCK_DGRAM, 0));
ioctl(fd, NBD_DO_IT, 0); /* To be interrupted by SIGALRM. */
return 0;
}
----------
One problem is that wait_for_completion() from flush_workqueue() from
nbd_start_device_ioctl() from nbd_ioctl() cannot be completed when
nbd_start_device_ioctl() received a signal at wait_event_interruptible(),
for tipc_shutdown() from kernel_sock_shutdown(SHUT_RDWR) from
nbd_mark_nsock_dead() from sock_shutdown() from nbd_start_device_ioctl()
is failing to wake up a WQ thread sleeping at wait_woken() from
tipc_wait_for_rcvmsg() from sock_recvmsg() from sock_xmit() from
nbd_read_stat() from recv_work() scheduled by nbd_start_device() from
nbd_start_device_ioctl(). Fix this problem by always invoking
sk->sk_state_change() (like inet_shutdown() does) when tipc_shutdown() is
called.
The other problem is that tipc_wait_for_rcvmsg() cannot return when
tipc_shutdown() is called, for tipc_shutdown() sets sk->sk_shutdown to
SEND_SHUTDOWN (despite "how" is SHUT_RDWR) while tipc_wait_for_rcvmsg()
needs sk->sk_shutdown set to RCV_SHUTDOWN or SHUTDOWN_MASK. Fix this
problem by setting sk->sk_shutdown to SHUTDOWN_MASK (like inet_shutdown()
does) when the socket is connectionless.
[1] https://syzkaller.appspot.com/bug?id=3fe51d307c1f0a845485cf1798aa059d12bf18b2
Reported-by: syzbot <syzbot+e36f41d207137b5d12f7@syzkaller.appspotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cited commit added the possible value of '2', but it cannot be set. Fix
it by adjusting the maximum value to '2'. This is consistent with the
corresponding IPv4 sysctl.
Before:
# sysctl -w net.ipv6.fib_multipath_hash_policy=2
sysctl: setting key "net.ipv6.fib_multipath_hash_policy": Invalid argument
net.ipv6.fib_multipath_hash_policy = 2
# sysctl net.ipv6.fib_multipath_hash_policy
net.ipv6.fib_multipath_hash_policy = 0
After:
# sysctl -w net.ipv6.fib_multipath_hash_policy=2
net.ipv6.fib_multipath_hash_policy = 2
# sysctl net.ipv6.fib_multipath_hash_policy
net.ipv6.fib_multipath_hash_policy = 2
Fixes: d8f74f0975 ("ipv6: Support multipath hashing on inner IP pkts")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Suryaputra <ssuryaextr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix use-after-free when a shared umem bind fails. The code incorrectly
tried to free the allocated buffer pool both in the bind code and then
later also when the socket was released. Fix this by setting the
buffer pool pointer to NULL after the bind code has freed the pool, so
that the socket release code will not try to free the pool. This is
the same solution as the regular, non-shared umem code path has. This
was missing from the shared umem path.
Fixes: b5aea28dca ("xsk: Add shared umem support between queue ids")
Reported-by: syzbot+5334f62e4d22804e646a@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/1599032164-25684-1-git-send-email-magnus.karlsson@intel.com
Currently, dma_map is being checked, when the right object identifier
to be null-checked is dma_map->dma_pages, instead.
Fix this by null-checking dma_map->dma_pages.
Fixes: 921b68692a ("xsk: Enable sharing of dma mappings")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1496811 ("Logically dead code")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200902150750.GA7257@embeddedor
Fix possible segfault when entry is inserted into xskmap. This can
happen if the socket is in a state where the umem has been set up, the
Rx ring created but it has yet to be bound to a device. In this case
the pool has not yet been created and we cannot reference it for the
existence of the fill ring. Fix this by removing the whole
xsk_is_setup_for_bpf_map function. Once upon a time, it was used to
make sure that the Rx and fill rings where set up before the driver
could call xsk_rcv, since there are no tests for the existence of
these rings in the data path. But these days, we have a state variable
that we test instead. When it is XSK_BOUND, everything has been set up
correctly and the socket has been bound. So no reason to have the
xsk_is_setup_for_bpf_map function anymore.
Fixes: 7361f9c3d7 ("xsk: Move fill and completion rings to buffer pool")
Reported-by: syzbot+febe51d44243fbc564ee@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/1599037569-26690-1-git-send-email-magnus.karlsson@intel.com
Fix possible segfault in the xsk diagnostics code when dumping
information about the umem. This can happen when a umem has been
created, but the socket has not been bound yet. In this case, the xsk
buffer pool does not exist yet and we cannot dump the information
that was moved from the umem to the buffer pool. Fix this by testing
for the existence of the buffer pool and if not there, do not dump any
of that information.
Fixes: c2d3d6a474 ("xsk: Move queue_id, dev and need_wakeup to buffer pool")
Fixes: 7361f9c3d7 ("xsk: Move fill and completion rings to buffer pool")
Reported-by: syzbot+3f04d36b7336f7868066@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/1599036743-26454-1-git-send-email-magnus.karlsson@intel.com
If nf_conncount_init fails currently the dispatched work is not canceled,
causing problems when the timer fires. This change fixes this by not
scheduling the work until all initialization is successful.
Fixes: a65878d6f0 ("net: openvswitch: fixes potential deadlock in dp cleanup code")
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eelco Chaudron <echaudro@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Tonghao Zhang <xiangxia.m.yue@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2020-09-01
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
There are two small conflicts when pulling, resolve as follows:
1) Merge conflict in tools/lib/bpf/libbpf.c between 88a8212028 ("libbpf: Factor
out common ELF operations and improve logging") in bpf-next and 1e891e513e
("libbpf: Fix map index used in error message") in net-next. Resolve by taking
the hunk in bpf-next:
[...]
scn = elf_sec_by_idx(obj, obj->efile.btf_maps_shndx);
data = elf_sec_data(obj, scn);
if (!scn || !data) {
pr_warn("elf: failed to get %s map definitions for %s\n",
MAPS_ELF_SEC, obj->path);
return -EINVAL;
}
[...]
2) Merge conflict in drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en/xsk/rx.c between
9647c57b11 ("xsk: i40e: ice: ixgbe: mlx5: Test for dma_need_sync earlier for
better performance") in bpf-next and e20f0dbf20 ("net/mlx5e: RX, Add a prefetch
command for small L1_CACHE_BYTES") in net-next. Resolve the two locations by retaining
net_prefetch() and taking xsk_buff_dma_sync_for_cpu() from bpf-next. Should look like:
[...]
xdp_set_data_meta_invalid(xdp);
xsk_buff_dma_sync_for_cpu(xdp, rq->xsk_pool);
net_prefetch(xdp->data);
[...]
We've added 133 non-merge commits during the last 14 day(s) which contain
a total of 246 files changed, 13832 insertions(+), 3105 deletions(-).
The main changes are:
1) Initial support for sleepable BPF programs along with bpf_copy_from_user() helper
for tracing to reliably access user memory, from Alexei Starovoitov.
2) Add BPF infra for writing and parsing TCP header options, from Martin KaFai Lau.
3) bpf_d_path() helper for returning full path for given 'struct path', from Jiri Olsa.
4) AF_XDP support for shared umems between devices and queues, from Magnus Karlsson.
5) Initial prep work for full BPF-to-BPF call support in libbpf, from Andrii Nakryiko.
6) Generalize bpf_sk_storage map & add local storage for inodes, from KP Singh.
7) Implement sockmap/hash updates from BPF context, from Lorenz Bauer.
8) BPF xor verification for scalar types & add BPF link iterator, from Yonghong Song.
9) Use target's prog type for BPF_PROG_TYPE_EXT prog verification, from Udip Pant.
10) Rework BPF tracing samples to use libbpf loader, from Daniel T. Lee.
11) Fix xdpsock sample to really cycle through all buffers, from Weqaar Janjua.
12) Improve type safety for tun/veth XDP frame handling, from Maciej Żenczykowski.
13) Various smaller cleanups and improvements all over the place.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the getsockopt SOL_TLS TLS_RX which is currently missing. The
primary usecase is to use it in conjunction with TCP_REPAIR to
checkpoint/restore the TLS record layer state.
TLS connection state usually exists on the user space library. So
basically we can easily extract it from there, but when the TLS
connections are delegated to the kTLS, it is not the case. We need to
have a way to extract the TLS state from the kernel for both of TX and
RX side.
The new TLS_RX getsockopt copies the crypto_info to user in the same
way as TLS_TX does.
We have described use cases in our research work in Netdev 0x14
Transport Workshop [1].
Also, there is an TLS implementation called tlse [2] which supports
TLS connection migration. They have support of kTLS and their code
shows that they are expecting the future support of this option.
[1] https://speakerdeck.com/yutarohayakawa/prism-proxies-without-the-pain
[2] https://github.com/eduardsui/tlse
Signed-off-by: Yutaro Hayakawa <yhayakawa3720@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Error on calling kthread_create_on_node prints wrong function name,
kernel_thread.
Fixes: 94dcf29a11 ("kthread: use kthread_create_on_node()")
Signed-off-by: Leesoo Ahn <dev@ooseel.net>
Acked-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
keep_flows was introduced by [1], which used as flag to delete flows or not.
When rehashing or expanding the table instance, we will not flush the flows.
Now don't use it anymore, remove it.
[1] - acd051f176
Cc: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <xiangxia.m.yue@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Decrease table->count and ufid_count unconditionally,
because we only don't use count or ufid_count to count
when flushing the flows. To simplify the codes, we
remove the "count" argument of table_instance_flow_free.
To avoid a bug when deleting flows in the future, add
WARN_ON in flush flows function.
Cc: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <xiangxia.m.yue@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not change the logic, just improve the coding style.
Cc: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <xiangxia.m.yue@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While unregistering, make sure to clear the suspend tasks before
cancelling the work. If the unregister is called during resume from
suspend, this will unnecessarily add 2s to the resume time otherwise.
Fixes: 4e8c36c3b0 (Bluetooth: Fix suspend notifier race)
Signed-off-by: Abhishek Pandit-Subedi <abhishekpandit@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This dependency was added because ipv6_find_hdr was in iptables specific
code but is no longer required
Fixes: f8f626754e ("ipv6: Move ipv6_find_hdr() out of Netfilter code.")
Fixes: 63dca2c0b0 ("ipvs: Fix faulty IPv6 extension header handling in IPVS")
Signed-off-by: Yaroslav Bolyukin <iam@lach.pw>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The arg exact_dif is not used anymore, remove it. inet_exact_dif_match()
is no longer needed after the above is removed, so remove it too.
Signed-off-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The arg exact_dif is not used anymore, remove it. inet6_exact_dif_match()
is no longer needed after the above is removed, remove it too.
Signed-off-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a pure codestyle cleanup patch. No functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
What 0xFFFF means here is actually the max mtu of a ip packet. Use help
macro IP_MAX_MTU here.
Signed-off-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using ipv6_stub->ipv6_fragment to avoid the netfilter dependency
Signed-off-by: wenxu <wenxu@ucloud.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ipv6_fragment to ipv6_stub to avoid calling netfilter when
access ip6_fragment.
Signed-off-by: wenxu <wenxu@ucloud.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to share a umem between different devices. This mode
can be invoked with the XDP_SHARED_UMEM bind flag. Previously,
sharing was only supported within the same device. Note that when
sharing a umem between devices, just as in the case of sharing a
umem between queue ids, you need to create a fill ring and a
completion ring and tie them to the socket (with two setsockopts,
one for each ring) before you do the bind with the
XDP_SHARED_UMEM flag. This so that the single-producer
single-consumer semantics of the rings can be upheld.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/1598603189-32145-13-git-send-email-magnus.karlsson@intel.com
Add support to share a umem between queue ids on the same
device. This mode can be invoked with the XDP_SHARED_UMEM bind
flag. Previously, sharing was only supported within the same
queue id and device, and you shared one set of fill and
completion rings. However, note that when sharing a umem between
queue ids, you need to create a fill ring and a completion ring
and tie them to the socket before you do the bind with the
XDP_SHARED_UMEM flag. This so that the single-producer
single-consumer semantics can be upheld.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/1598603189-32145-12-git-send-email-magnus.karlsson@intel.com
Enable the sharing of dma mappings by moving them out from the buffer
pool. Instead we put each dma mapped umem region in a list in the umem
structure. If dma has already been mapped for this umem and device, it
is not mapped again and the existing dma mappings are reused.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/1598603189-32145-9-git-send-email-magnus.karlsson@intel.com
Replicate the addrs pointer in the buffer pool to the umem. This mapping
will be the same for all buffer pools sharing the same umem. In the
buffer pool we leave the addrs pointer for performance reasons.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/1598603189-32145-8-git-send-email-magnus.karlsson@intel.com
Move the xsk_tx_list and the xsk_tx_list_lock from the umem to
the buffer pool. This so that we in a later commit can share the
umem between multiple HW queues. There is one xsk_tx_list per
device and queue id, so it should be located in the buffer pool.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/1598603189-32145-7-git-send-email-magnus.karlsson@intel.com
Move queue_id, dev, and need_wakeup from the umem to the
buffer pool. This so that we in a later commit can share the umem
between multiple HW queues. There is one buffer pool per dev and
queue id, so these variables should belong to the buffer pool, not
the umem. Need_wakeup is also something that is set on a per napi
level, so there is usually one per device and queue id. So move
this to the buffer pool too.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/1598603189-32145-6-git-send-email-magnus.karlsson@intel.com
Move the fill and completion rings from the umem to the buffer
pool. This so that we in a later commit can share the umem
between multiple HW queue ids. In this case, we need one fill and
completion ring per queue id. As the buffer pool is per queue id
and napi id this is a natural place for it and one umem
struture can be shared between these buffer pools.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/1598603189-32145-5-git-send-email-magnus.karlsson@intel.com
Create and free the buffer pool independently from the umem. Move
these operations that are performed on the buffer pool from the
umem create and destroy functions to new create and destroy
functions just for the buffer pool. This so that in later commits
we can instantiate multiple buffer pools per umem when sharing a
umem between HW queues and/or devices. We also erradicate the
back pointer from the umem to the buffer pool as this will not
work when we introduce the possibility to have multiple buffer
pools per umem.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/1598603189-32145-4-git-send-email-magnus.karlsson@intel.com
Rename the AF_XDP zero-copy driver interface functions to better
reflect what they do after the replacement of umems with buffer
pools in the previous commit. Mostly it is about replacing the
umem name from the function names with xsk_buff and also have
them take the a buffer pool pointer instead of a umem. The
various ring functions have also been renamed in the process so
that they have the same naming convention as the internal
functions in xsk_queue.h. This so that it will be clearer what
they do and also for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/1598603189-32145-3-git-send-email-magnus.karlsson@intel.com
Replace the explicit umem reference passed to the driver in AF_XDP
zero-copy mode with the buffer pool instead. This in preparation for
extending the functionality of the zero-copy mode so that umems can be
shared between queues on the same netdev and also between netdevs. In
this commit, only an umem reference has been added to the buffer pool
struct. But later commits will add other entities to it. These are
going to be entities that are different between different queue ids
and netdevs even though the umem is shared between them.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/1598603189-32145-2-git-send-email-magnus.karlsson@intel.com
In the policy export for binary attributes I erroneously used
a != NLA_VALIDATE_NONE comparison instead of checking for the
two possible values, which meant that if a validation function
pointer ended up aliasing the min/max as negatives, we'd hit
a warning in nla_get_range_unsigned().
Fix this to correctly check for only the two types that should
be handled here, i.e. range with or without warn-too-long.
Reported-by: syzbot+353df1490da781637624@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Fixes: 8aa26c575f ("netlink: make NLA_BINARY validation more flexible")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for net:
1) Do not delete clash entries on reply, let them expire instead,
from Florian Westphal.
2) Do not report EAGAIN to nfnetlink, otherwise this enters a busy loop.
Update nfnetlink_unicast() to translate EAGAIN to ENOBUFS.
3) Remove repeated words in code comments, from Randy Dunlap.
4) Several patches for the flowtable selftests, from Fabian Frederick.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 'this_cpu_ptr()' is used to obtain the AEAD key' TFM on the current
CPU for encryption, however the execution can be preemptible since it's
actually user-space context, so the 'using smp_processor_id() in
preemptible' has been observed.
We fix the issue by using the 'get/put_cpu_ptr()' API which consists of
a 'preempt_disable()' instead.
Fixes: fc1b6d6de2 ("tipc: introduce TIPC encryption & authentication")
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jmaloy@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuong Lien <tuong.t.lien@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add NFT_SOCKET_WILDCARD to match to wildcard socket listener.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi77@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Its possible that we have more than one packet with the same ct tuple
simultaneously, e.g. when an application emits n packets on same UDP
socket from multiple threads.
NAT rules might be applied to those packets. With the right set of rules,
n packets will be mapped to m destinations, where at least two packets end
up with the same destination.
When this happens, the existing clash resolution may merge the skb that
is processed after the first has been received with the identical tuple
already in hash table.
However, its possible that this identical tuple is a NAT_CLASH tuple.
In that case the second skb will be sent, but no reply can be received
since the reply that is processed first removes the NAT_CLASH tuple.
Do not auto-delete, this gives a 1 second window for replies to be passed
back to originator.
Packets that are coming later (udp stream case) will not be affected:
they match the original ct entry, not a NAT_CLASH one.
Also prevent NAT_CLASH entries from getting offloaded.
Fixes: 6a757c07e5 ("netfilter: conntrack: allow insertion of clashing entries")
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Frontend callback reports EAGAIN to nfnetlink to retry a command, this
is used to signal that module autoloading is required. Unfortunately,
nlmsg_unicast() reports EAGAIN in case the receiver socket buffer gets
full, so it enters a busy-loop.
This patch updates nfnetlink_unicast() to turn EAGAIN into ENOBUFS and
to use nlmsg_unicast(). Remove the flags field in nfnetlink_unicast()
since this is always MSG_DONTWAIT in the existing code which is exactly
what nlmsg_unicast() passes to netlink_unicast() as parameter.
Fixes: 96518518cc ("netfilter: add nftables")
Reported-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Drop duplicated words in net/netfilter/ and net/ipv4/netfilter/.
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Reviewed-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We can delay refcount increment until we reassign the existing entry to
the current skb.
A 0 refcount can't happen while the nf_conn object is still in the
hash table and parallel mutations are impossible because we hold the
bucket lock.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
There is a misconception about what "insert_failed" means.
We increment this even when a clash got resolved, so it might not indicate
a problem.
Add a dedicated counter for clash resolution and only increment
insert_failed if a clash cannot be resolved.
For the old /proc interface, export this in place of an older stat
that got removed a while back.
For ctnetlink, export this with a new attribute.
Also correct an outdated comment that implies we add a duplicate tuple --
we only add the (unique) reply direction.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This counter increments when nf_conntrack_in sees a packet that already
has a conntrack attached or when the packet is marked as UNTRACKED.
Neither is an error.
The former is normal for loopback traffic. The second happens for
certain ICMPv6 packets or when nftables/ip(6)tables rules are in place.
In case someone needs to count UNTRACKED packets, or packets
that are marked as untracked before conntrack_in this can be done with
both nftables and ip(6)tables rules.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The /proc interface for nf_conntrack displays the "error" counter as
"icmp_error".
It makes sense to not increment "invalid" when failing to handle an icmp
packet since those are special.
For example, its possible for conntrack to see partial and/or fragmented
packets inside icmp errors. This should be a separate event and not get
mixed with the "invalid" counter.
Likewise, remove the "error" increment for errors from get_l4proto().
After this, the error counter will only increment for errors coming from
icmp(v6) packet handling.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Enables storing userdata for nft_table. Field udata points to user data
and udlen store its length.
Adds new attribute flag NFTA_TABLE_USERDATA
Signed-off-by: Jose M. Guisado Gomez <guigom@riseup.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Detect and rewrite a prefix embedded in an ICMPv6 original packet that was
rewritten by a corresponding DNPT/SNPT rule so it will be recognised by
the host that sent the original packet.
Example
Rules in effect on the 1:2:3:4::/64 + 5:6:7:8::/64 side router:
* SNPT src-pfx 1:2:3:4::/64 dst-pfx 5:6:7:8::/64
* DNPT src-pfx 5:6:7:8::/64 dst-pfx 1:2:3:4::/64
No rules on the 9🅰️b:c::/64 side.
1. 1:2:3:4::1 sends UDP packet to 9🅰️b:c::1
2. Router applies SNPT changing src to 5:6:7:8::ffef::1
3. 9🅰️b:c::1 receives packet with (src 5:6:7:8::ffef::1 dst 9🅰️b:c::1)
and replies with ICMPv6 port unreachable to 5:6:7:8::ffef::1,
including original packet (src 5:6:7:8::ffef::1 dst 9🅰️b:c::1)
4. Router forwards ICMPv6 packet with (src 9🅰️b:c::1 dst 5:6:7:8::ffef::1)
including original packet (src 5:6:7:8::ffef::1 dst 9🅰️b:c::1)
and applies DNPT changing dst to 1:2:3:4::1
5. 1:2:3:4::1 receives ICMPv6 packet with (src 9🅰️b:c::1 dst 1:2:3:4::1)
including original packet (src 5:6:7:8::ffef::1 dst 9🅰️b:c::1).
It doesn't recognise the original packet as the src doesn't
match anything it originally sent
With this change, at step 4, DNPT will also rewrite the original packet
src to 1:2:3:4::1, so at step 5, 1:2:3:4::1 will recognise the ICMPv6
error and provide feedback to the application properly.
Conversely, SNPT will help when ICMPv6 errors are sent from the
translated network.
1. 9🅰️b:c::1 sends UDP packet to 5:6:7:8::ffef::1
2. Router applies DNPT changing dst to 1:2:3:4::1
3. 1:2:3:4::1 receives packet with (src 9🅰️b:c::1 dst 1:2:3:4::1)
and replies with ICMPv6 port unreachable to 9🅰️b:c::1
including original packet (src 9🅰️b:c::1 dst 1:2:3:4::1)
4. Router forwards ICMPv6 packet with (src 1:2:3:4::1 dst 9🅰️b:c::1)
including original packet (src 9🅰️b:c::1 dst 1:2:3:4::1)
and applies SNPT changing src to 5:6:7:8::ffef::1
5. 9🅰️b:c::1 receives ICMPv6 packet with
(src 5:6:7:8::ffef::1 dst 9🅰️b:c::1) including
original packet (src 9🅰️b:c::1 dst 1:2:3:4::1).
It doesn't recognise the original packet as the dst doesn't
match anything it already sent
The change to SNPT means the ICMPv6 original packet dst will be
rewritten to 5:6:7:8::ffef::1 in step 4, allowing the error to be
properly recognised in step 5.
Signed-off-by: Michael Zhou <mzhou@cse.unsw.edu.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Commit d3b990b7f3 ("netlabel: fix problems with mapping removal")
added a check to return an error if ret_val != 0, before ret_val is
later used in a log message. Now it will unconditionally print "...
res=1". So just drop the check.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Dead code")
Fixes: d3b990b7f3 ("netlabel: fix problems with mapping removal")
Signed-off-by: Alex Dewar <alex.dewar90@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When ->init() fails, ->destroy() is called to clean up.
So it is unnecessary to clean up in red_init(), and it
would cause some refcount underflow.
Fixes: aee9caa03f ("net: sched: sch_red: Add qevents "early_drop" and "mark"")
Reported-and-tested-by: syzbot+b33c1cb0a30ebdc8a5f9@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Reported-and-tested-by: syzbot+e5ea5f8a3ecfd4427a1c@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Cc: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sysctl that was added earlier by commit 79134e6ce2 ("net: do
not create fallback tunnels for non-default namespaces") to create
fall-back only in root-ns. This patch enhances that behavior to provide
option not to create fallback tunnels in root-ns as well. Since modules
that create fallback tunnels could be built-in and setting the sysctl
value after booting is pointless, so added a kernel cmdline options to
change this default. The default setting is preseved for backward
compatibility. The kernel command line option of fb_tunnels=initns will
set the sysctl value to 1 and will create fallback tunnels only in initns
while kernel cmdline fb_tunnels=none will set the sysctl value to 2 and
fallback tunnels are skipped in every netns.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Maciej Zenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Jian Yang <jianyang@google.com>
Cc: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The data races were reported by KCSAN:
BUG: KCSAN: data-race in netlink_recvmsg / skb_queue_tail
write (marked) to 0xffff8c0986e5a8c8 of 8 bytes by interrupt on cpu 3:
skb_queue_tail+0xcc/0x120
__netlink_sendskb+0x55/0x80
netlink_broadcast_filtered+0x465/0x7e0
nlmsg_notify+0x8f/0x120
rtnl_notify+0x8e/0xb0
__neigh_notify+0xf2/0x120
neigh_update+0x927/0xde0
arp_process+0x8a3/0xf50
arp_rcv+0x27c/0x3b0
__netif_receive_skb_core+0x181c/0x1840
__netif_receive_skb+0x38/0xf0
netif_receive_skb_internal+0x77/0x1c0
napi_gro_receive+0x1bd/0x1f0
e1000_clean_rx_irq+0x538/0xb20 [e1000]
e1000_clean+0x5e4/0x1340 [e1000]
net_rx_action+0x310/0x9d0
__do_softirq+0xe8/0x308
irq_exit+0x109/0x110
do_IRQ+0x7f/0xe0
ret_from_intr+0x0/0x1d
0xffffffffffffffff
read to 0xffff8c0986e5a8c8 of 8 bytes by task 1463 on cpu 0:
netlink_recvmsg+0x40b/0x820
sock_recvmsg+0xc9/0xd0
___sys_recvmsg+0x1a4/0x3b0
__sys_recvmsg+0x86/0x120
__x64_sys_recvmsg+0x52/0x70
do_syscall_64+0xb5/0x360
entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x65/0xca
0xffffffffffffffff
Since the write is under sk_receive_queue->lock but the read
is done as lockless. so fix it by using skb_queue_empty_lockless()
instead of skb_queue_empty() for the read in netlink_rcv_wake()
Signed-off-by: zhudi <zhudi21@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of the maps do not use max_entries during verification time.
Thus, those map_meta_equal() do not need to enforce max_entries
when it is inserted as an inner map during runtime. The max_entries
check is removed from the default implementation bpf_map_meta_equal().
The prog_array_map and xsk_map are exception. Its map_gen_lookup
uses max_entries to generate inline lookup code. Thus, they will
implement its own map_meta_equal() to enforce max_entries.
Since there are only two cases now, the max_entries check
is not refactored and stays in its own .c file.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200828011813.1970516-1-kafai@fb.com
Some properties of the inner map is used in the verification time.
When an inner map is inserted to an outer map at runtime,
bpf_map_meta_equal() is currently used to ensure those properties
of the inserting inner map stays the same as the verification
time.
In particular, the current bpf_map_meta_equal() checks max_entries which
turns out to be too restrictive for most of the maps which do not use
max_entries during the verification time. It limits the use case that
wants to replace a smaller inner map with a larger inner map. There are
some maps do use max_entries during verification though. For example,
the map_gen_lookup in array_map_ops uses the max_entries to generate
the inline lookup code.
To accommodate differences between maps, the map_meta_equal is added
to bpf_map_ops. Each map-type can decide what to check when its
map is used as an inner map during runtime.
Also, some map types cannot be used as an inner map and they are
currently black listed in bpf_map_meta_alloc() in map_in_map.c.
It is not unusual that the new map types may not aware that such
blacklist exists. This patch enforces an explicit opt-in
and only allows a map to be used as an inner map if it has
implemented the map_meta_equal ops. It is based on the
discussion in [1].
All maps that support inner map has its map_meta_equal points
to bpf_map_meta_equal in this patch. A later patch will
relax the max_entries check for most maps. bpf_types.h
counts 28 map types. This patch adds 23 ".map_meta_equal"
by using coccinelle. -5 for
BPF_MAP_TYPE_PROG_ARRAY
BPF_MAP_TYPE_(PERCPU)_CGROUP_STORAGE
BPF_MAP_TYPE_STRUCT_OPS
BPF_MAP_TYPE_ARRAY_OF_MAPS
BPF_MAP_TYPE_HASH_OF_MAPS
The "if (inner_map->inner_map_meta)" check in bpf_map_meta_alloc()
is moved such that the same error is returned.
[1]: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200522022342.899756-1-kafai@fb.com/
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200828011806.1970400-1-kafai@fb.com
* some code to support SAE (WPA3) offload in AP mode
* many documentation (wording) fixes/updates
* netlink policy updates, including the use of NLA_RANGE
with binary attributes
* regulatory improvements for adjacent frequency bands
* and a few other small additions/refactorings/cleanups
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=Ys45
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2020-08-28' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
This time we have:
* some code to support SAE (WPA3) offload in AP mode
* many documentation (wording) fixes/updates
* netlink policy updates, including the use of NLA_RANGE
with binary attributes
* regulatory improvements for adjacent frequency bands
* and a few other small additions/refactorings/cleanups
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* fixes for AQL (airtime queue limits)
* reduce packet loss detection false positives
* a small channel number fix for the 6 GHz band
* a fix for 80+80/160 MHz negotiation
* an nl80211 attribute (NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY) fix
* add a missing sanity check for the regulatory code
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=zMP7
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2020-08-28' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
We have:
* fixes for AQL (airtime queue limits)
* reduce packet loss detection false positives
* a small channel number fix for the 6 GHz band
* a fix for 80+80/160 MHz negotiation
* an nl80211 attribute (NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY) fix
* add a missing sanity check for the regulatory code
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a memory leak in rxkad_verify_response() whereby the response buffer
doesn't get freed if we fail to allocate a ticket buffer.
Fixes: ef68622da9 ("rxrpc: Handle temporary errors better in rxkad security")
Signed-off-by: Dinghao Liu <dinghao.liu@zju.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=FWHJ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rxrpc-fixes-20200820' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
David Howells says:
====================
rxrpc, afs: Fix probing issues
Here are some fixes for rxrpc and afs to fix issues in the RTT measuring in
rxrpc and thence the Volume Location server probing in afs:
(1) Move the serial number of a received ACK into a local variable to
simplify the next patch.
(2) Fix the loss of RTT samples due to extra interposed ACKs causing
baseline information to be discarded too early. This is a particular
problem for afs when it sends a single very short call to probe a
server it hasn't talked to recently.
(3) Fix rxrpc_kernel_get_srtt() to indicate whether it actually has seen
any valid samples or not.
(4) Remove a field that's set/woken, but never read/waited on.
(5) Expose the RTT and other probe information through procfs to make
debugging of this stuff easier.
(6) Fix VL rotation in afs to only use summary information from VL probing
and not the probe running state (which gets clobbered when next a
probe is issued).
(7) Fix VL rotation to actually return the error aggregated from the probe
errors.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems that due to a copy & paste error the void pointer
in batadv_choose_backbone_gw() is cast to the wrong type.
Fixing this by using "struct batadv_bla_backbone_gw" instead of "struct
batadv_bla_claim" which better matches the caller's side.
For now it seems that we were lucky because the two structs both have
their orig/vid and addr/vid in the beginning. However I stumbled over
this issue when I was trying to add some debug variables in front of
"orig" in batadv_backbone_gw, which caused hash lookups to fail.
Fixes: 07568d0369 ("batman-adv: don't rely on positions in struct for hashing")
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <ll@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Fix some comments, including wrong function name, duplicated word and so
on.
Signed-off-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let drivers advertise support for AP-mode SAE authentication offload
with a new NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag.
Signed-off-by: Chung-Hsien Hsu <stanley.hsu@cypress.com>
Signed-off-by: Chi-Hsien Lin <chi-hsien.lin@cypress.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200817073316.33402-4-stanley.hsu@cypress.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We want to reuse the functions and structs for other counters such as BSS
color change. Rename them to more generic names.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200811080107.3615705-2-john@phrozen.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We want to reuse the attributes for other counters such as BSS color
change. Rename them to more generic names.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200811080107.3615705-1-john@phrozen.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds the nl80211 structs, definitions, policies and parsing
code required to pass fixed HE rate, GI and LTF settings.
Signed-off-by: Miles Hu <milehu@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200804081630.2013619-1-john@phrozen.org
[fix comment]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some usable channels are located in the union of adjacent
regulatory rules, for example channel 144 in Germany.
Enable them, by also checking if a channel spans two adjacent
regulatory rules/frequency ranges.
All flags involved are disabling things, therefore we can build
the maximum by or-ing them together. Furthermore, take the maximum
of DFS CAC time values and the minimum of allowed power of both
adjacent channels in order to comply with both regulatory rules at
the same time.
Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200803144353.305538-2-markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de
[remove unrelated comment changes]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As a preparation to handle adjacent rule channels,
factor out handling channels located in a single
regulatory rule.
Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200803144353.305538-1-markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We have a few attributes with minimum and maximum lengths that are
not the same, use the new feature of being able to specify both in
the policy to validate them, removing code and allowing this to be
advertised to userspace in the policy export.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200819085642.8f12ffa14f33.I9d948d59870e521febcd79bb4a986b1de1dca47b@changeid
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Adjust the 6 GHz frequency to channel conversion function,
the other way around was previously handled.
Signed-off-by: Amar Singhal <asinghal@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1592599921-10607-1-git-send-email-asinghal@codeaurora.org
[rewrite commit message, hard-code channel 2]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When running a large number of packets per second with a high data rate
and long A-MPDUs, the packet loss threshold can be reached very quickly
when the link conditions change. This frequently shows up as spurious
disconnects.
Mitigate false positives by using a similar logic for regular stations
as the one being used for TDLS, though with a more aggressive timeout.
Packet loss events are only reported if no ACK was received for a second.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200808172542.41628-1-nbd@nbd.name
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fix cfg80211_chandef_usable():
consider IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_EXT_NSS_BW when verifying 160/80+80 MHz.
Based on:
"Table 9-272 — Setting of the Supported Channel Width Set subfield and Extended NSS BW
Support subfield at a STA transmitting the VHT Capabilities Information field"
From "Draft P802.11REVmd_D3.0.pdf"
Signed-off-by: Aviad Brikman <aviad.brikman@celeno.com>
Signed-off-by: Shay Bar <shay.bar@celeno.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200826143139.25976-1-shay.bar@celeno.com
[reformat the code a bit and use u32_get_bits()]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Links with low data rates use much smaller aggregates and are much more
sensitive to latency added by bufferbloat.
Tune the assumed aggregation length based on the tx rate duration.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200821163045.62140-3-nbd@nbd.name
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This will be used to enhance AQL estimated aggregation length
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200821163045.62140-2-nbd@nbd.name
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since ieee80211_tx_info does not have enough room to encode HE rates, HE
drivers use status->rate to provide rate info.
Store it in struct sta_info and use it for AQL.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200821163045.62140-1-nbd@nbd.name
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
xfrm interfaces currently test for !skb->ignore_df when deciding
whether to update the pmtu on the skb's dst. Because of this, no pmtu
exception is created when we do something like:
ping -s 1438 <dest>
By dropping this check, the pmtu exception will be created and the
next ping attempt will work.
Fixes: f203b76d78 ("xfrm: Add virtual xfrm interfaces")
Reported-by: Xiumei Mu <xmu@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
napi_disable() makes sure to set the NAPI_STATE_NPSVC bit to prevent
netpoll from accessing rings before init is complete. However, the
same is not done for fresh napi instances in netif_napi_add(),
even though we expect NAPI instances to be added as disabled.
This causes crashes during driver reconfiguration (enabling XDP,
changing the channel count) - if there is any printk() after
netif_napi_add() but before napi_enable().
To ensure memory ordering is correct we need to use RCU accessors.
Reported-by: Rob Sherwood <rsher@fb.com>
Fixes: 2d8bff1269 ("netpoll: Close race condition between poll_one_napi and napi_disable")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each nexthop group contains an indication if it has IPv4 nexthops
('has_v4'). Its purpose is to prevent IPv6 routes from using groups with
IPv4 nexthops.
However, the indication is not updated when a nexthop is replaced. This
results in the kernel wrongly rejecting IPv6 routes from pointing to
groups that only contain IPv6 nexthops. Example:
# ip nexthop replace id 1 via 192.0.2.2 dev dummy10
# ip nexthop replace id 10 group 1
# ip nexthop replace id 1 via 2001:db8:1::2 dev dummy10
# ip route replace 2001:db8:10::/64 nhid 10
Error: IPv6 routes can not use an IPv4 nexthop.
Solve this by iterating over all the nexthop groups that the replaced
nexthop is a member of and potentially update their IPv4 indication
according to the new set of member nexthops.
Avoid wasting cycles by only performing the update in case an IPv4
nexthop is replaced by an IPv6 nexthop.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each nexthop group contains an indication if it has IPv4 nexthops
('has_v4'). Its purpose is to prevent IPv6 routes from using groups with
IPv4 nexthops.
However, the indication is not updated when a nexthop is removed. This
results in the kernel wrongly rejecting IPv6 routes from pointing to
groups that only contain IPv6 nexthops. Example:
# ip nexthop replace id 1 via 192.0.2.2 dev dummy10
# ip nexthop replace id 2 via 2001:db8:1::2 dev dummy10
# ip nexthop replace id 10 group 1/2
# ip nexthop del id 1
# ip route replace 2001:db8:10::/64 nhid 10
Error: IPv6 routes can not use an IPv4 nexthop.
Solve this by updating the indication according to the new set of
member nexthops.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pointer is not RCU protected, so remove the unnecessary
rtnl_dereference(). This suppresses the following warning:
net/ipv4/nexthop.c:1101:24: error: incompatible types in comparison expression (different address spaces):
net/ipv4/nexthop.c:1101:24: struct rb_node [noderef] __rcu *
net/ipv4/nexthop.c:1101:24: struct rb_node *
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code correctly uses nla_get_be32() to get the payload of the
attribute, but incorrectly uses nla_put_u32() to add the attribute to
the payload. This results in the following warning:
net/ipv4/nexthop.c:279:59: warning: incorrect type in argument 3 (different base types)
net/ipv4/nexthop.c:279:59: expected unsigned int [usertype] value
net/ipv4/nexthop.c:279:59: got restricted __be32 [usertype] ipv4
Suppress the warning by using nla_put_be32().
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The struct looks as follows:
struct nh_group {
struct nh_group *spare; /* spare group for removals */
u16 num_nh;
bool mpath;
bool fdb_nh;
bool has_v4;
struct nh_grp_entry nh_entries[];
};
But its offset within 'struct nexthop' is also taken into account to
determine the allocation size.
Instead, use struct_size() to allocate only the required number of
bytes.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After subflow lock is dropped, more wmem might have been made available.
This fixes a deadlock in mptcp_connect.sh 'mmap' mode: wmem is exhausted.
But as the mptcp socket holds on to already-acked data (for retransmit)
no wakeup will occur.
Using 'goto restart' calls mptcp_clean_una(sk) which will free pages
that have been acked completely in the mean time.
Fixes: fb529e62d3 ("mptcp: break and restart in case mptcp sndbuf is full")
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 9c66d15646 ("taprio: Add support for hardware
offloading") there's a bit of inconsistency when offloading schedules
to the hardware:
In software mode, the gate masks are specified in terms of traffic
classes, so if say "sched-entry S 03 20000", it means that the traffic
classes 0 and 1 are open for 20us; when taprio is offloaded to
hardware, the gate masks are specified in terms of hardware queues.
The idea here is to fix hardware offloading, so schedules in hardware
and software mode have the same behavior. What's needed to do is to
map traffic classes to queues when applying the offload to the driver.
Fixes: 9c66d15646 ("taprio: Add support for hardware offloading")
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dan Aloni reports that when a server disconnects abruptly, a few
memory regions are left DMA mapped. Over time this leak could pin
enough I/O resources to slow or even deadlock an NFS/RDMA client.
I found that if a transport disconnects before pending Send and
FastReg WRs can be posted, the to-be-registered MRs are stranded on
the req's rl_registered list and never released -- since they
weren't posted, there's no Send completion to DMA unmap them.
Reported-by: Dan Aloni <dan@kernelim.com>
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
- Eliminate an oops introduced in v5.8
- Remove a duplicate #include added by nfsd-5.9
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=czB3
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfsd-5.9-1' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/cel/cel-2.6
Pull nfs server fixes from Chuck Lever:
- Eliminate an oops introduced in v5.8
- Remove a duplicate #include added by nfsd-5.9
* tag 'nfsd-5.9-1' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/cel/cel-2.6:
SUNRPC: remove duplicate include
nfsd: fix oops on mixed NFSv4/NFSv3 client access
Adds support for both bpf_{sk, inode}_storage_{get, delete} to be used
in LSM programs. These helpers are not used for tracing programs
(currently) as their usage is tied to the life-cycle of the object and
should only be used where the owning object won't be freed (when the
owning object is passed as an argument to the LSM hook). Thus, they
are safer to use in LSM hooks than tracing. Usage of local storage in
tracing programs will probably follow a per function based whitelist
approach.
Since the UAPI helper signature for bpf_sk_storage expect a bpf_sock,
it, leads to a compilation warning for LSM programs, it's also updated
to accept a void * pointer instead.
Signed-off-by: KP Singh <kpsingh@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200825182919.1118197-7-kpsingh@chromium.org
Refactor the functionality in bpf_sk_storage.c so that concept of
storage linked to kernel objects can be extended to other objects like
inode, task_struct etc.
Each new local storage will still be a separate map and provide its own
set of helpers. This allows for future object specific extensions and
still share a lot of the underlying implementation.
This includes the changes suggested by Martin in:
https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200725013047.4006241-1-kafai@fb.com/
adding new map operations to support bpf_local_storage maps:
* storages for different kernel objects to optionally have different
memory charging strategy (map_local_storage_charge,
map_local_storage_uncharge)
* Functionality to extract the storage pointer from a pointer to the
owning object (map_owner_storage_ptr)
Co-developed-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: KP Singh <kpsingh@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200825182919.1118197-4-kpsingh@chromium.org
A purely mechanical change to split the renaming from the actual
generalization.
Flags/consts:
SK_STORAGE_CREATE_FLAG_MASK BPF_LOCAL_STORAGE_CREATE_FLAG_MASK
BPF_SK_STORAGE_CACHE_SIZE BPF_LOCAL_STORAGE_CACHE_SIZE
MAX_VALUE_SIZE BPF_LOCAL_STORAGE_MAX_VALUE_SIZE
Structs:
bucket bpf_local_storage_map_bucket
bpf_sk_storage_map bpf_local_storage_map
bpf_sk_storage_data bpf_local_storage_data
bpf_sk_storage_elem bpf_local_storage_elem
bpf_sk_storage bpf_local_storage
The "sk" member in bpf_local_storage is also updated to "owner"
in preparation for changing the type to void * in a subsequent patch.
Functions:
selem_linked_to_sk selem_linked_to_storage
selem_alloc bpf_selem_alloc
__selem_unlink_sk bpf_selem_unlink_storage_nolock
__selem_link_sk bpf_selem_link_storage_nolock
selem_unlink_sk __bpf_selem_unlink_storage
sk_storage_update bpf_local_storage_update
__sk_storage_lookup bpf_local_storage_lookup
bpf_sk_storage_map_free bpf_local_storage_map_free
bpf_sk_storage_map_alloc bpf_local_storage_map_alloc
bpf_sk_storage_map_alloc_check bpf_local_storage_map_alloc_check
bpf_sk_storage_map_check_btf bpf_local_storage_map_check_btf
Signed-off-by: KP Singh <kpsingh@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200825182919.1118197-2-kpsingh@chromium.org
cfpkt_peek_head return 0 and 1, caller is checking error using <0
Signed-off-by: Tong Zhang <ztong0001@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a pure codestyle cleanup patch. Also add a blank line after
declarations as warned by checkpatch.pl.
Signed-off-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check midx against 0 is always equal to check midx against sk_bound_dev_if
when sk_bound_dev_if is known not equal to 0 in these case.
Signed-off-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can avoid unnecessary inet_addr_type() call by check addr against
INADDR_ANY first.
Signed-off-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can defer set ping saddr until we successfully get the ping port. So we
can avoid clear saddr when failed. Since ping_clear_saddr() is not used
anymore now, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When mtu is locked, we should not obtain ipv4 mtu as we return immediately
in this case and leave acquired ipv4 mtu unused.
Signed-off-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- bump version strings, by Simon Wunderlich
- Drop unused function batadv_hardif_remove_interfaces(),
by Sven Eckelmann
- delete duplicated words, by Randy Dunlap
- Drop (even more) repeated words in comments, by Sven Eckelmann
- Migrate to linux/prandom.h, by Sven Eckelmann
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=1GXQ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'batadv-next-for-davem-20200824' of git://git.open-mesh.org/linux-merge
Simon Wunderlich says:
====================
This cleanup patchset includes the following patches:
- bump version strings, by Simon Wunderlich
- Drop unused function batadv_hardif_remove_interfaces(),
by Sven Eckelmann
- delete duplicated words, by Randy Dunlap
- Drop (even more) repeated words in comments, by Sven Eckelmann
- Migrate to linux/prandom.h, by Sven Eckelmann
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Avoid uninitialized memory access when handling DHCP, by Sven Eckelmann
- Fix check for own OGM in OGM receive handler, by Linus Luessing
- Fix netif_rx access for non-interrupt context in BLA, by Jussi Kivilinna
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=ikYK
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'batadv-net-for-davem-20200824' of git://git.open-mesh.org/linux-merge
Simon Wunderlich says:
====================
Here are some batman-adv bugfixes:
- Avoid uninitialized memory access when handling DHCP, by Sven Eckelmann
- Fix check for own OGM in OGM receive handler, by Linus Luessing
- Fix netif_rx access for non-interrupt context in BLA, by Jussi Kivilinna
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use helper macro RT_TOS() to get tos in __icmp_send().
Signed-off-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to fetch errno and fatal info from icmp_err_convert when
icmp code is ICMP_FRAG_NEEDED.
Signed-off-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drop duplicated words in /net/dccp/.
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Cc: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Cc: dccp@vger.kernel.org
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drop duplicated words in net/netlink/.
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drop duplicate words in comments in net/ipv4/.
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drop the repeated word "an".
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Cc: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drop the repeated words "for", "that", and "a".
Change "his" to "this".
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Cc: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drop the repeated words "of" and "that".
Add some punctuation for readability.
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Cc: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drop the repeated word "the".
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Cc: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drop the repeated word "of".
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Cc: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drop the repeated word "the" and "now".
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Cc: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drop the repeated word "the" in two places.
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Cc: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For TCP tx zero-copy, the kernel notifies the process of completions by
queuing completion notifications on the socket error queue. This patch
allows reading these notifications via recvmsg to support TCP tx
zero-copy.
Ancillary data was originally disallowed due to privilege escalation
via io_uring's offloading of sendmsg() onto a kernel thread with kernel
credentials (https://crbug.com/project-zero/1975). So, we must ensure
that the socket type is one where the ancillary data types that are
delivered on recvmsg are plain data (no file descriptors or values that
are translated based on the identity of the calling process).
This was tested by using io_uring to call recvmsg on the MSG_ERRQUEUE
with tx zero-copy enabled. Before this patch, we received -EINVALID from
this specific code path. After this patch, we could read tcp tx
zero-copy completion notifications from the MSG_ERRQUEUE.
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Arjun Roy <arjunroy@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Jann Horn <jannh@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Signed-off-by: Luke Hsiao <lukehsiao@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function consume_skb is only meaningful when tracing is enabled.
This patch makes it conditional on CONFIG_TRACEPOINTS.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes two main problems seen when removing NetLabel
mappings: memory leaks and potentially extra audit noise.
The memory leaks are caused by not properly free'ing the mapping's
address selector struct when free'ing the entire entry as well as
not properly cleaning up a temporary mapping entry when adding new
address selectors to an existing entry. This patch fixes both these
problems such that kmemleak reports no NetLabel associated leaks
after running the SELinux test suite.
The potentially extra audit noise was caused by the auditing code in
netlbl_domhsh_remove_entry() being called regardless of the entry's
validity. If another thread had already marked the entry as invalid,
but not removed/free'd it from the list of mappings, then it was
possible that an additional mapping removal audit record would be
generated. This patch fixes this by returning early from the removal
function when the entry was previously marked invalid. This change
also had the side benefit of improving the code by decreasing the
indentation level of large chunk of code by one (accounting for most
of the diffstat).
Fixes: 63c4168874 ("netlabel: Add network address selectors to the NetLabel/LSM domain mapping")
Reported-by: Stephen Smalley <stephen.smalley.work@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cited patch in fixes tag misses to protect port list traversal
while traversing per port reporter list.
Protect it using devlink instance lock.
Fixes: f4f5416601 ("devlink: Implement devlink health reporters on per-port basis")
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cited patch in fixes tag initializes reporters_list and reporters_lock
of a devlink port after devlink port is added to the list. Once port
is added to the list, devlink_nl_cmd_health_reporter_get_dumpit()
can access the uninitialized mutex and reporters list head.
Fix it by initializing port reporters field before adding port to the
list.
Fixes: f4f5416601 ("devlink: Implement devlink health reporters on per-port basis")
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With disabling bh in the whole sctp_get_port_local(), when
snum == 0 and too many ports have been used, the do-while
loop will take the cpu for a long time and cause cpu stuck:
[ ] watchdog: BUG: soft lockup - CPU#11 stuck for 22s!
[ ] RIP: 0010:native_queued_spin_lock_slowpath+0x4de/0x940
[ ] Call Trace:
[ ] _raw_spin_lock+0xc1/0xd0
[ ] sctp_get_port_local+0x527/0x650 [sctp]
[ ] sctp_do_bind+0x208/0x5e0 [sctp]
[ ] sctp_autobind+0x165/0x1e0 [sctp]
[ ] sctp_connect_new_asoc+0x355/0x480 [sctp]
[ ] __sctp_connect+0x360/0xb10 [sctp]
There's no need to disable bh in the whole function of
sctp_get_port_local. So fix this cpu stuck by removing
local_bh_disable() called at the beginning, and using
spin_lock_bh() instead.
The same thing was actually done for inet_csk_get_port() in
Commit ea8add2b19 ("tcp/dccp: better use of ephemeral
ports in bind()").
Thanks to Marcelo for pointing the buggy code out.
v1->v2:
- use cond_resched() to yield cpu to other tasks if needed,
as Eric noticed.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Reported-by: Ying Xu <yinxu@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is adapted from Eric's patch in an earlier discussion [1].
The TCP_SAVE_SYN currently only stores the network header and
tcp header. This patch allows it to optionally store
the mac header also if the setsockopt's optval is 2.
It requires one more bit for the "save_syn" bit field in tcp_sock.
This patch achieves this by moving the syn_smc bit next to the is_mptcp.
The syn_smc is currently used with the TCP experimental option. Since
syn_smc is only used when CONFIG_SMC is enabled, this patch also puts
the "IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_SMC)" around it like the is_mptcp did
with "IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_MPTCP)".
The mac_hdrlen is also stored in the "struct saved_syn"
to allow a quick offset from the bpf prog if it chooses to start
getting from the network header or the tcp header.
[1]: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/CANn89iLJNWh6bkH7DNhy_kmcAexuUCccqERqe7z2QsvPhGrYPQ@mail.gmail.com/
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200820190123.2886935-1-kafai@fb.com
[ Note: The TCP changes here is mainly to implement the bpf
pieces into the bpf_skops_*() functions introduced
in the earlier patches. ]
The earlier effort in BPF-TCP-CC allows the TCP Congestion Control
algorithm to be written in BPF. It opens up opportunities to allow
a faster turnaround time in testing/releasing new congestion control
ideas to production environment.
The same flexibility can be extended to writing TCP header option.
It is not uncommon that people want to test new TCP header option
to improve the TCP performance. Another use case is for data-center
that has a more controlled environment and has more flexibility in
putting header options for internal only use.
For example, we want to test the idea in putting maximum delay
ACK in TCP header option which is similar to a draft RFC proposal [1].
This patch introduces the necessary BPF API and use them in the
TCP stack to allow BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCK_OPS program to parse
and write TCP header options. It currently supports most of
the TCP packet except RST.
Supported TCP header option:
───────────────────────────
This patch allows the bpf-prog to write any option kind.
Different bpf-progs can write its own option by calling the new helper
bpf_store_hdr_opt(). The helper will ensure there is no duplicated
option in the header.
By allowing bpf-prog to write any option kind, this gives a lot of
flexibility to the bpf-prog. Different bpf-prog can write its
own option kind. It could also allow the bpf-prog to support a
recently standardized option on an older kernel.
Sockops Callback Flags:
──────────────────────
The bpf program will only be called to parse/write tcp header option
if the following newly added callback flags are enabled
in tp->bpf_sock_ops_cb_flags:
BPF_SOCK_OPS_PARSE_UNKNOWN_HDR_OPT_CB_FLAG
BPF_SOCK_OPS_PARSE_ALL_HDR_OPT_CB_FLAG
BPF_SOCK_OPS_WRITE_HDR_OPT_CB_FLAG
A few words on the PARSE CB flags. When the above PARSE CB flags are
turned on, the bpf-prog will be called on packets received
at a sk that has at least reached the ESTABLISHED state.
The parsing of the SYN-SYNACK-ACK will be discussed in the
"3 Way HandShake" section.
The default is off for all of the above new CB flags, i.e. the bpf prog
will not be called to parse or write bpf hdr option. There are
details comment on these new cb flags in the UAPI bpf.h.
sock_ops->skb_data and bpf_load_hdr_opt()
─────────────────────────────────────────
sock_ops->skb_data and sock_ops->skb_data_end covers the whole
TCP header and its options. They are read only.
The new bpf_load_hdr_opt() helps to read a particular option "kind"
from the skb_data.
Please refer to the comment in UAPI bpf.h. It has details
on what skb_data contains under different sock_ops->op.
3 Way HandShake
───────────────
The bpf-prog can learn if it is sending SYN or SYNACK by reading the
sock_ops->skb_tcp_flags.
* Passive side
When writing SYNACK (i.e. sock_ops->op == BPF_SOCK_OPS_WRITE_HDR_OPT_CB),
the received SYN skb will be available to the bpf prog. The bpf prog can
use the SYN skb (which may carry the header option sent from the remote bpf
prog) to decide what bpf header option should be written to the outgoing
SYNACK skb. The SYN packet can be obtained by getsockopt(TCP_BPF_SYN*).
More on this later. Also, the bpf prog can learn if it is in syncookie
mode (by checking sock_ops->args[0] == BPF_WRITE_HDR_TCP_SYNACK_COOKIE).
The bpf prog can store the received SYN pkt by using the existing
bpf_setsockopt(TCP_SAVE_SYN). The example in a later patch does it.
[ Note that the fullsock here is a listen sk, bpf_sk_storage
is not very useful here since the listen sk will be shared
by many concurrent connection requests.
Extending bpf_sk_storage support to request_sock will add weight
to the minisock and it is not necessary better than storing the
whole ~100 bytes SYN pkt. ]
When the connection is established, the bpf prog will be called
in the existing PASSIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB callback. At that time,
the bpf prog can get the header option from the saved syn and
then apply the needed operation to the newly established socket.
The later patch will use the max delay ack specified in the SYN
header and set the RTO of this newly established connection
as an example.
The received ACK (that concludes the 3WHS) will also be available to
the bpf prog during PASSIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB through the sock_ops->skb_data.
It could be useful in syncookie scenario. More on this later.
There is an existing getsockopt "TCP_SAVED_SYN" to return the whole
saved syn pkt which includes the IP[46] header and the TCP header.
A few "TCP_BPF_SYN*" getsockopt has been added to allow specifying where to
start getting from, e.g. starting from TCP header, or from IP[46] header.
The new getsockopt(TCP_BPF_SYN*) will also know where it can get
the SYN's packet from:
- (a) the just received syn (available when the bpf prog is writing SYNACK)
and it is the only way to get SYN during syncookie mode.
or
- (b) the saved syn (available in PASSIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB and also other
existing CB).
The bpf prog does not need to know where the SYN pkt is coming from.
The getsockopt(TCP_BPF_SYN*) will hide this details.
Similarly, a flags "BPF_LOAD_HDR_OPT_TCP_SYN" is also added to
bpf_load_hdr_opt() to read a particular header option from the SYN packet.
* Fastopen
Fastopen should work the same as the regular non fastopen case.
This is a test in a later patch.
* Syncookie
For syncookie, the later example patch asks the active
side's bpf prog to resend the header options in ACK. The server
can use bpf_load_hdr_opt() to look at the options in this
received ACK during PASSIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB.
* Active side
The bpf prog will get a chance to write the bpf header option
in the SYN packet during WRITE_HDR_OPT_CB. The received SYNACK
pkt will also be available to the bpf prog during the existing
ACTIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB callback through the sock_ops->skb_data
and bpf_load_hdr_opt().
* Turn off header CB flags after 3WHS
If the bpf prog does not need to write/parse header options
beyond the 3WHS, the bpf prog can clear the bpf_sock_ops_cb_flags
to avoid being called for header options.
Or the bpf-prog can select to leave the UNKNOWN_HDR_OPT_CB_FLAG on
so that the kernel will only call it when there is option that
the kernel cannot handle.
[1]: draft-wang-tcpm-low-latency-opt-00
https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-wang-tcpm-low-latency-opt-00
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200820190104.2885895-1-kafai@fb.com
A later patch needs to add a few pointers and a few u8 to
sock_ops_kern. Hence, this patch saves some spaces by moving
some of the existing members from u32 to u8 so that the later
patch can still fit everything in a cacheline.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200820190058.2885640-1-kafai@fb.com
The bpf prog needs to parse the SYN header to learn what options have
been sent by the peer's bpf-prog before writing its options into SYNACK.
This patch adds a "syn_skb" arg to tcp_make_synack() and send_synack().
This syn_skb will eventually be made available (as read-only) to the
bpf prog. This will be the only SYN packet available to the bpf
prog during syncookie. For other regular cases, the bpf prog can
also use the saved_syn.
When writing options, the bpf prog will first be called to tell the
kernel its required number of bytes. It is done by the new
bpf_skops_hdr_opt_len(). The bpf prog will only be called when the new
BPF_SOCK_OPS_WRITE_HDR_OPT_CB_FLAG is set in tp->bpf_sock_ops_cb_flags.
When the bpf prog returns, the kernel will know how many bytes are needed
and then update the "*remaining" arg accordingly. 4 byte alignment will
be included in the "*remaining" before this function returns. The 4 byte
aligned number of bytes will also be stored into the opts->bpf_opt_len.
"bpf_opt_len" is a newly added member to the struct tcp_out_options.
Then the new bpf_skops_write_hdr_opt() will call the bpf prog to write the
header options. The bpf prog is only called if it has reserved spaces
before (opts->bpf_opt_len > 0).
The bpf prog is the last one getting a chance to reserve header space
and writing the header option.
These two functions are half implemented to highlight the changes in
TCP stack. The actual codes preparing the bpf running context and
invoking the bpf prog will be added in the later patch with other
necessary bpf pieces.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200820190052.2885316-1-kafai@fb.com
The patch adds a function bpf_skops_parse_hdr().
It will call the bpf prog to parse the TCP header received at
a tcp_sock that has at least reached the ESTABLISHED state.
For the packets received during the 3WHS (SYN, SYNACK and ACK),
the received skb will be available to the bpf prog during the callback
in bpf_skops_established() introduced in the previous patch and
in the bpf_skops_write_hdr_opt() that will be added in the
next patch.
Calling bpf prog to parse header is controlled by two new flags in
tp->bpf_sock_ops_cb_flags:
BPF_SOCK_OPS_PARSE_UNKNOWN_HDR_OPT_CB_FLAG and
BPF_SOCK_OPS_PARSE_ALL_HDR_OPT_CB_FLAG.
When BPF_SOCK_OPS_PARSE_UNKNOWN_HDR_OPT_CB_FLAG is set,
the bpf prog will only be called when there is unknown
option in the TCP header.
When BPF_SOCK_OPS_PARSE_ALL_HDR_OPT_CB_FLAG is set,
the bpf prog will be called on all received TCP header.
This function is half implemented to highlight the changes in
TCP stack. The actual codes preparing the bpf running context and
invoking the bpf prog will be added in the later patch with other
necessary bpf pieces.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200820190046.2885054-1-kafai@fb.com
In tcp_init_transfer(), it currently calls the bpf prog to give it a
chance to handle the just "ESTABLISHED" event (e.g. do setsockopt
on the newly established sk). Right now, it is done by calling the
general purpose tcp_call_bpf().
In the later patch, it also needs to pass the just-received skb which
concludes the 3 way handshake. E.g. the SYNACK received at the active side.
The bpf prog can then learn some specific header options written by the
peer's bpf-prog and potentially do setsockopt on the newly established sk.
Thus, instead of reusing the general purpose tcp_call_bpf(), a new function
bpf_skops_established() is added to allow passing the "skb" to the bpf
prog. The actual skb passing from bpf_skops_established() to the bpf prog
will happen together in a later patch which has the necessary bpf pieces.
A "skb" arg is also added to tcp_init_transfer() such that
it can then be passed to bpf_skops_established().
Calling the new bpf_skops_established() instead of tcp_call_bpf()
should be a noop in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200820190039.2884750-1-kafai@fb.com
In a later patch, the bpf prog only wants to be called to handle
a header option if that particular header option cannot be handled by
the kernel. This unknown option could be written by the peer's bpf-prog.
It could also be a new standard option that the running kernel does not
support it while a bpf-prog can handle it.
This patch adds a "saw_unknown" bit to "struct tcp_options_received"
and it uses an existing one byte hole to do that. "saw_unknown" will
be set in tcp_parse_options() if it sees an option that the kernel
cannot handle.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200820190033.2884430-1-kafai@fb.com
This patch adds bpf_setsockopt(TCP_BPF_RTO_MIN) to allow bpf prog
to set the min rto of a connection. It could be used together
with the earlier patch which has added bpf_setsockopt(TCP_BPF_DELACK_MAX).
A later selftest patch will communicate the max delay ack in a
bpf tcp header option and then the receiving side can use
bpf_setsockopt(TCP_BPF_RTO_MIN) to set a shorter rto.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200820190027.2884170-1-kafai@fb.com
This change is mostly from an internal patch and adapts it from sysctl
config to the bpf_setsockopt setup.
The bpf_prog can set the max delay ack by using
bpf_setsockopt(TCP_BPF_DELACK_MAX). This max delay ack can be communicated
to its peer through bpf header option. The receiving peer can then use
this max delay ack and set a potentially lower rto by using
bpf_setsockopt(TCP_BPF_RTO_MIN) which will be introduced
in the next patch.
Another later selftest patch will also use it like the above to show
how to write and parse bpf tcp header option.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200820190021.2884000-1-kafai@fb.com
The TCP_SAVE_SYN has both the network header and tcp header.
The total length of the saved syn packet is currently stored in
the first 4 bytes (u32) of an array and the actual packet data is
stored after that.
A later patch will add a bpf helper that allows to get the tcp header
alone from the saved syn without the network header. It will be more
convenient to have a direct offset to a specific header instead of
re-parsing it. This requires to separately store the network hdrlen.
The total header length (i.e. network + tcp) is still needed for the
current usage in getsockopt. Although this total length can be obtained
by looking into the tcphdr and then get the (th->doff << 2), this patch
chooses to directly store the tcp hdrlen in the second four bytes of
this newly created "struct saved_syn". By using a new struct, it can
give a readable name to each individual header length.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200820190014.2883694-1-kafai@fb.com
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for net:
1) Don't flag SCTP heartbeat as invalid for re-used connections,
from Florian Westphal.
2) Bogus overlap report due to rbtree tree rotations, from Stefano Brivio.
3) Detect partial overlap with start end point match, also from Stefano.
4) Skip netlink dump of NFTA_SET_USERDATA is unset.
5) Incorrect nft_list_attributes enumeration definition.
6) Missing zeroing before memcpy to destination register, also
from Florian.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The l2tp subsystem now uses standard kernel logging APIs for
informational and warning messages, and tracepoints for debug
information.
Now that the tunnel and session debug flags are unused, remove the field
from the core structures.
Various system calls (in the case of l2tp_ppp) and netlink messages
handle the getting and setting of debug flags. To avoid userspace
breakage don't modify the API of these calls; simply ignore set
requests, and send dummy data for get requests.
Signed-off-by: Tom Parkin <tparkin@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All l2tp's informational and warning logging is now carried out using
standard kernel APIs.
Debugging information is now handled using tracepoints.
Now that no code is using the custom logging macros, remove them from
l2tp_core.h.
Signed-off-by: Tom Parkin <tparkin@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add lifetime event tracing for tunnel and session instances, tracking
tunnel and session registration, deletion, and eventual freeing.
Port the data path sequence number debug logging to use trace points
rather than custom debug macros.
Signed-off-by: Tom Parkin <tparkin@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
l2tp can provide a better debug experience using tracepoints rather than
printk-style logging.
Add tracepoint definitions in trace.h for use in the l2tp subsystem
code.
Add preprocessor definitions for the length of session and tunnel names
in l2tp_core.h so we can reuse these in trace.h.
Signed-off-by: Tom Parkin <tparkin@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The l2tp subsystem doesn't currently make use of tracepoints.
As a starting point for adding tracepoints, add skeleton infrastructure
for defining tracepoints for the subsystem, and for having them build
appropriately whether compiled into the kernel or built as a module.
Signed-off-by: Tom Parkin <tparkin@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The l2tp_* log wrappers only emit messages of a given category if the
tunnel or session structure has the appropriate flag set in its debug
field. Flags default to being unset.
For warning messages, this doesn't make a lot of sense since an
administrator is likely to want to know about datapath warnings without
needing to tweak the debug flags setting for a given tunnel or session
instance.
Modify l2tp_warn callsites to use pr_warn_ratelimited instead for
unconditional output of warning messages.
Signed-off-by: Tom Parkin <tparkin@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
l2tp_ppp in particular had a lot of log messages for tracing
[get|set]sockopt calls. These aren't especially useful, so remove
these messages.
Several log messages flagging error conditions were logged using
l2tp_info: they're better off as l2tp_warn.
Signed-off-by: Tom Parkin <tparkin@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
l2tp had logging to trace data frame receipt and transmission, including
code to dump packet contents. This was originally intended to aid
debugging of core l2tp packet handling, but is of limited use now that
code is stable.
Signed-off-by: Tom Parkin <tparkin@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the uses of fallthrough comments to fallthrough macro.
Signed-off-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow calling bpf_map_update_elem on sockmap and sockhash from a BPF
context. The synchronization required for this is a bit fiddly: we
need to prevent the socket from changing its state while we add it
to the sockmap, since we rely on getting a callback via
sk_prot->unhash. However, we can't just lock_sock like in
sock_map_sk_acquire because that might sleep. So instead we disable
softirq processing and use bh_lock_sock to prevent further
modification.
Yet, this is still not enough. BPF can be called in contexts where
the current CPU might have locked a socket. If the BPF can get
a hold of such a socket, inserting it into a sockmap would lead to
a deadlock. One straight forward example are sock_ops programs that
have ctx->sk, but the same problem exists for kprobes, etc.
We deal with this by allowing sockmap updates only from known safe
contexts. Improper usage is rejected by the verifier.
I've audited the enabled contexts to make sure they can't run in
a locked context. It's possible that CGROUP_SKB and others are
safe as well, but the auditing here is much more difficult. In
any case, we can extend the safe contexts when the need arises.
Signed-off-by: Lorenz Bauer <lmb@cloudflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200821102948.21918-6-lmb@cloudflare.com
Don't go via map->ops to call sock_map_update_elem, since we know
what function to call in bpf_map_update_value. Since we currently
don't allow calling map_update_elem from BPF context, we can remove
ops->map_update_elem and rename the function to sock_map_update_elem_sys.
Signed-off-by: Lorenz Bauer <lmb@cloudflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200821102948.21918-4-lmb@cloudflare.com
Merge the two very similar functions sock_map_update_elem and
sock_hash_update_elem into one.
Signed-off-by: Lorenz Bauer <lmb@cloudflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200821102948.21918-3-lmb@cloudflare.com
Initializing psock->sk_proto and other saved callbacks is only
done in sk_psock_update_proto, after sk_psock_init has returned.
The logic for this is difficult to follow, and needlessly complex.
Instead, initialize psock->sk_proto whenever we allocate a new
psock. Additionally, assert the following invariants:
* The SK has no ULP: ULP does it's own finagling of sk->sk_prot
* sk_user_data is unused: we need it to store sk_psock
Protect our access to sk_user_data with sk_callback_lock, which
is what other users like reuseport arrays, etc. do.
The result is that an sk_psock is always fully initialized, and
that psock->sk_proto is always the "original" struct proto.
The latter allows us to use psock->sk_proto when initializing
IPv6 TCP / UDP callbacks for sockmap.
Signed-off-by: Lorenz Bauer <lmb@cloudflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200821102948.21918-2-lmb@cloudflare.com
For bpf_map_elem and bpf_sk_local_storage bpf iterators,
additional map_id should be shown for fdinfo and
userspace query. For example, the following is for
a bpf_map_elem iterator.
$ cat /proc/1753/fdinfo/9
pos: 0
flags: 02000000
mnt_id: 14
link_type: iter
link_id: 34
prog_tag: 104be6d3fe45e6aa
prog_id: 173
target_name: bpf_map_elem
map_id: 127
Signed-off-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200821184419.574240-1-yhs@fb.com
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf 2020-08-21
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net* tree.
We've added 11 non-merge commits during the last 5 day(s) which contain
a total of 12 files changed, 78 insertions(+), 24 deletions(-).
The main changes are:
1) three fixes in BPF task iterator logic, from Yonghong.
2) fix for compressed dwarf sections in vmlinux, from Jiri.
3) fix xdp attach regression, from Andrii.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following bug was reported via irc:
nft list ruleset
set knock_candidates_ipv4 {
type ipv4_addr . inet_service
size 65535
elements = { 127.0.0.1 . 123,
127.0.0.1 . 123 }
}
..
udp dport 123 add @knock_candidates_ipv4 { ip saddr . 123 }
udp dport 123 add @knock_candidates_ipv4 { ip saddr . udp dport }
It should not have been possible to add a duplicate set entry.
After some debugging it turned out that the problem is the immediate
value (123) in the second-to-last rule.
Concatenations use 32bit registers, i.e. the elements are 8 bytes each,
not 6 and it turns out the kernel inserted
inet firewall @knock_candidates_ipv4
element 0100007f ffff7b00 : 0 [end]
element 0100007f 00007b00 : 0 [end]
Note the non-zero upper bits of the first element. It turns out that
nft_immediate doesn't zero the destination register, but this is needed
when the length isn't a multiple of 4.
Furthermore, the zeroing in nft_payload is broken. We can't use
[len / 4] = 0 -- if len is a multiple of 4, index is off by one.
Skip zeroing in this case and use a conditional instead of (len -1) / 4.
Fixes: 49499c3e6e ("netfilter: nf_tables: switch registers to 32 bit addressing")
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Kernel sends an empty NFTA_SET_USERDATA attribute with no value if
userspace adds a set with no NFTA_SET_USERDATA attribute.
Fixes: e6d8ecac9e ("netfilter: nf_tables: Add new attributes into nft_set to store user data.")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Getting creative with nft and omitting the interval_overlap()
check from the set_overlap() function, without omitting
set_overlap() altogether, led to the observation of a partial
overlap that wasn't detected, and would actually result in
replacement of the end element of an existing interval.
This is due to the fact that we'll return -EEXIST on a matching,
pre-existing start element, instead of -ENOTEMPTY, and the error
is cleared by API if NLM_F_EXCL is not given. At this point, we
can insert a matching start, and duplicate the end element as long
as we don't end up into other intervals.
For instance, inserting interval 0 - 2 with an existing 0 - 3
interval would result in a single 0 - 2 interval, and a dangling
'3' end element. This is because nft will proceed after inserting
the '0' start element as no error is reported, and no further
conflicting intervals are detected on insertion of the end element.
This needs a different approach as it's a local condition that can
be detected by looking for duplicate ends coming from left and
right, separately. Track those and directly report -ENOTEMPTY on
duplicated end elements for a matching start.
Signed-off-by: Stefano Brivio <sbrivio@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Checks for partial overlaps on insertion assume that end elements
are always descendant nodes of their corresponding start, because
they are inserted later. However, this is not the case if a
previous delete operation caused a tree rotation as part of
rebalancing.
Taking the issue reported by Andreas Fischer as an example, if we
omit delete operations, the existing procedure works because,
equivalently, we are inserting a start item with value 40 in the
this region of the red-black tree with single-sized intervals:
overlap flag
10 (start)
/ \ false
20 (start)
/ \ false
30 (start)
/ \ false
60 (start)
/ \ false
50 (end)
/ \ false
20 (end)
/ \ false
40 (start)
if we now delete interval 30 - 30, the tree can be rearranged in
a way similar to this (note the rotation involving 50 - 50):
overlap flag
10 (start)
/ \ false
20 (start)
/ \ false
25 (start)
/ \ false
70 (start)
/ \ false
50 (end)
/ \ true (from rule a1.)
50 (start)
/ \ true
40 (start)
and we traverse interval 50 - 50 from the opposite direction
compared to what was expected.
To deal with those cases, add a start-before-start rule, b4.,
that covers traversal of existing intervals from the right.
We now need to restrict start-after-end rule b3. to cases
where there are no occurring nodes between existing start and
end elements, because addition of rule b4. isn't sufficient to
ensure that the pre-existing end element we encounter while
descending the tree corresponds to a start element of an
interval that we already traversed entirely.
Different types of overlap detection on trees with rotations
resulting from re-balancing will be covered by nft test case
sets/0044interval_overlap_1.
Reported-by: Andreas Fischer <netfilter@d9c.eu>
Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.netfilter.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1449
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 5.6.x
Fixes: 7c84d41416 ("netfilter: nft_set_rbtree: Detect partial overlaps on insertion")
Signed-off-by: Stefano Brivio <sbrivio@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
b->media->send_msg() requires rcu_read_lock(), as we can see
elsewhere in tipc, tipc_bearer_xmit, tipc_bearer_xmit_skb
and tipc_bearer_bc_xmit().
Syzbot has reported this issue as:
net/tipc/bearer.c:466 suspicious rcu_dereference_check() usage!
Workqueue: cryptd cryptd_queue_worker
Call Trace:
tipc_l2_send_msg+0x354/0x420 net/tipc/bearer.c:466
tipc_aead_encrypt_done+0x204/0x3a0 net/tipc/crypto.c:761
cryptd_aead_crypt+0xe8/0x1d0 crypto/cryptd.c:739
cryptd_queue_worker+0x118/0x1b0 crypto/cryptd.c:181
process_one_work+0x94c/0x1670 kernel/workqueue.c:2269
worker_thread+0x64c/0x1120 kernel/workqueue.c:2415
kthread+0x3b5/0x4a0 kernel/kthread.c:291
ret_from_fork+0x1f/0x30 arch/x86/entry/entry_64.S:293
So fix it by calling rcu_read_lock() in tipc_aead_encrypt_done()
for b->media->send_msg().
Fixes: fc1b6d6de2 ("tipc: introduce TIPC encryption & authentication")
Reported-by: syzbot+47bbc6b678d317cccbe0@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_ct_handle_fragments() shouldn't free the skb when ip_defrag() call
fails. Otherwise, we will cause a double-free bug.
In such cases, just return the error to the caller.
Fixes: b57dc7c13e ("net/sched: Introduce action ct")
Signed-off-by: Alaa Hleihel <alaa@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The number of output and input streams was never being reduced, eg when
processing received INIT or INIT_ACK chunks.
The effect is that DATA chunks can be sent with invalid stream ids
and then discarded by the remote system.
Fixes: 2075e50caf ("sctp: convert to genradix")
Signed-off-by: David Laight <david.laight@aculab.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When receiving an IPv4 packet inside an IPv6 GRE packet, and the
IP6_TNL_F_RCV_DSCP_COPY flag is set on the tunnel, the IPv4 header would
get corrupted. This is due to the common ip6_tnl_rcv() function assuming
that the inner header is always IPv6. This patch checks the tunnel
protocol for IPv4 inner packets, but still defaults to IPv6.
Fixes: 308edfdf15 ("gre6: Cleanup GREv6 receive path, call common GRE functions")
Signed-off-by: Mark Tomlinson <mark.tomlinson@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set IP protocol mask only when IP protocol field is set.
This will allow flow-type ether with vlan rule which don't have
protocol field to apply.
ethtool -N ens5f4 flow-type ether proto 0x8100 vlan 0x600\
m 0x1FFF action 3 loc 16
Signed-off-by: Vishal Kulkarni <vishal@chelsio.com>
Reviewed-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, tcp sendmsg(MSG_ZEROCOPY) is building skbs with order-0 fragments.
Compared to standard sendmsg(), these skbs usually contain up to 16 fragments
on arches with 4KB page sizes, instead of two.
This adds considerable costs on various ndo_start_xmit() handlers,
especially when IOMMU is in the picture.
As high performance applications are often using huge pages,
we can try to combine adjacent pages belonging to same
compound page.
Tested on AMD Rome platform, with IOMMU, nominal single TCP flow speed
is roughly doubled (~55Gbit -> ~100Gbit), when user application
is using hugepages.
For reference, nominal single TCP flow speed on this platform
without MSG_ZEROCOPY is ~65Gbit.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
7f0a838254 ("bpf, xdp: Maintain info on attached XDP BPF programs in net_device")
inadvertently changed which XDP mode is assumed when no mode flags are
specified explicitly. Previously, driver mode was preferred, if driver
supported it. If not, generic SKB mode was chosen. That commit changed default
to SKB mode always. This patch fixes the issue and restores the original
logic.
Fixes: 7f0a838254 ("bpf, xdp: Maintain info on attached XDP BPF programs in net_device")
Reported-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200820052841.1559757-1-andriin@fb.com
It's always 0. Note that we theoretically could use ~0U as well -
result will be the same modulo 0xffff, _if_ the damn thing did the
right thing for any value of initial sum; later we'll make use of
that when convenient.
However, unlike csum_and_copy_..._user(), there are instances that
did not work for arbitrary initial sums; c6x is one such.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
do csum_partial_copy_nocheck() on the first fragment, then
add the rest to it. Equivalent transformation.
That was the only caller of csum_partial_copy_nocheck() that
might pass it non-zero as the last argument.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
__smc_diag_dump() is potentially copying uninitialized kernel stack memory
into socket buffers, since the compiler may leave a 4-byte hole near the
beginning of `struct smcd_diag_dmbinfo`. Fix it by initializing `dinfo`
with memset().
Fixes: 4b1b7d3b30 ("net/smc: add SMC-D diag support")
Suggested-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Peilin Ye <yepeilin.cs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix rxrpc_kernel_get_srtt() to indicate the validity of the returned
smoothed RTT. If we haven't had any valid samples yet, the SRTT isn't
useful.
Fixes: c410bf0193 ("rxrpc: Fix the excessive initial retransmission timeout")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
The Rx protocol has a mechanism to help generate RTT samples that works by
a client transmitting a REQUESTED-type ACK when it receives a DATA packet
that has the REQUEST_ACK flag set.
The peer, however, may interpose other ACKs before transmitting the
REQUESTED-ACK, as can be seen in the following trace excerpt:
rxrpc_tx_data: c=00000044 DATA d0b5ece8:00000001 00000001 q=00000001 fl=07
rxrpc_rx_ack: c=00000044 00000001 PNG r=00000000 f=00000002 p=00000000 n=0
rxrpc_rx_ack: c=00000044 00000002 REQ r=00000001 f=00000002 p=00000001 n=0
...
DATA packet 1 (q=xx) has REQUEST_ACK set (bit 1 of fl=xx). The incoming
ping (labelled PNG) hard-acks the request DATA packet (f=xx exceeds the
sequence number of the DATA packet), causing it to be discarded from the Tx
ring. The ACK that was requested (labelled REQ, r=xx references the serial
of the DATA packet) comes after the ping, but the sk_buff holding the
timestamp has gone and the RTT sample is lost.
This is particularly noticeable on RPC calls used to probe the service
offered by the peer. A lot of peers end up with an unknown RTT because we
only ever sent a single RPC. This confuses the server rotation algorithm.
Fix this by caching the information about the outgoing packet in RTT
calculations in the rxrpc_call struct rather than looking in the Tx ring.
A four-deep buffer is maintained and both REQUEST_ACK-flagged DATA and
PING-ACK transmissions are recorded in there. When the appropriate
response ACK is received, the buffer is checked for a match and, if found,
an RTT sample is recorded.
If a received ACK refers to a packet with a later serial number than an
entry in the cache, that entry is presumed lost and the entry is made
available to record a new transmission.
ACKs types other than REQUESTED-type and PING-type cause any matching
sample to be cancelled as they don't necessarily represent a useful
measurement.
If there's no space in the buffer on ping/data transmission, the sample
base is discarded.
Fixes: 50235c4b5a ("rxrpc: Obtain RTT data by requesting ACKs on DATA packets")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Add kernel module with user mode driver that populates bpffs with
BPF iterators.
$ mount bpffs /my/bpffs/ -t bpf
$ ls -la /my/bpffs/
total 4
drwxrwxrwt 2 root root 0 Jul 2 00:27 .
drwxr-xr-x 19 root root 4096 Jul 2 00:09 ..
-rw------- 1 root root 0 Jul 2 00:27 maps.debug
-rw------- 1 root root 0 Jul 2 00:27 progs.debug
The user mode driver will load BPF Type Formats, create BPF maps, populate BPF
maps, load two BPF programs, attach them to BPF iterators, and finally send two
bpf_link IDs back to the kernel.
The kernel will pin two bpf_links into newly mounted bpffs instance under
names "progs.debug" and "maps.debug". These two files become human readable.
$ cat /my/bpffs/progs.debug
id name attached
11 dump_bpf_map bpf_iter_bpf_map
12 dump_bpf_prog bpf_iter_bpf_prog
27 test_pkt_access
32 test_main test_pkt_access test_pkt_access
33 test_subprog1 test_pkt_access_subprog1 test_pkt_access
34 test_subprog2 test_pkt_access_subprog2 test_pkt_access
35 test_subprog3 test_pkt_access_subprog3 test_pkt_access
36 new_get_skb_len get_skb_len test_pkt_access
37 new_get_skb_ifindex get_skb_ifindex test_pkt_access
38 new_get_constant get_constant test_pkt_access
The BPF program dump_bpf_prog() in iterators.bpf.c is printing this data about
all BPF programs currently loaded in the system. This information is unstable
and will change from kernel to kernel as ".debug" suffix conveys.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200819042759.51280-4-alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com
If an sctp connection gets re-used, heartbeats are flagged as invalid
because their vtag doesn't match.
Handle this in a similar way as TCP conntrack when it suspects that the
endpoints and conntrack are out-of-sync.
When a HEARTBEAT request fails its vtag validation, flag this in the
conntrack state and accept the packet.
When a HEARTBEAT_ACK is received with an invalid vtag in the reverse
direction after we allowed such a HEARTBEAT through, assume we are
out-of-sync and re-set the vtag info.
v2: remove left-over snippet from an older incarnation that moved
new_state/old_state assignments, thats not needed so keep that
as-is.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Reason: A lot of the ptp drivers - which implement hardware time stamping - need
specific fields such as the sequence id from the ptp v2 header. Currently all
drivers implement that themselves.
Introduce a generic function to retrieve a pointer to the start of the ptp v2
header.
Suggested-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Evidently, when I did this previously, we didn't have more than
10 policies and didn't run into the reallocation path, because
it's missing a memset() for the unused policies. Fix that.
Fixes: d07dcf9aad ("netlink: add infrastructure to expose policies to userspace")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We've been warning about SO_BSDCOMPAT usage for many years. We may remove
this code completely now.
Suggested-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove linux/sunrpc/auth_gss.h which is included more than once
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
The Kconfig help text contains the phrase "the the" in the help
text. Fix this and reformat the block of help text.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The legacy ethtool userspace tool shows an error when no features could
be changed. It's useful to have a netlink reply to be able to show this
error when __netdev_update_features wasn't called, for example:
1. ethtool -k eth0
large-receive-offload: off
2. ethtool -K eth0 rx-fcs on
3. ethtool -K eth0 lro on
Could not change any device features
rx-lro: off [requested on]
4. ethtool -K eth0 lro on
# The output should be the same, but without this patch the kernel
# doesn't send the reply, and ethtool is unable to detect the error.
This commit makes ethtool-netlink always return a reply when requested,
and it still avoids unnecessary calls to __netdev_update_features if the
wanted features haven't changed.
Fixes: 0980bfcd69 ("ethtool: set netdev features with FEATURES_SET request")
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ethtool-netlink ignores dev->hw_features and may confuse the drivers by
asking them to enable features not in the hw_features bitmask. For
example:
1. ethtool -k eth0
tls-hw-tx-offload: off [fixed]
2. ethtool -K eth0 tls-hw-tx-offload on
tls-hw-tx-offload: on
3. ethtool -k eth0
tls-hw-tx-offload: on [fixed]
Fitler out dev->hw_features from req_wanted to fix it and to resemble
the legacy ethtool behavior.
Fixes: 0980bfcd69 ("ethtool: set netdev features with FEATURES_SET request")
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, ethtool-netlink calculates new wanted bits as:
(req_wanted & req_mask) | (old_active & ~req_mask)
It completely discards the old wanted bits, so they are forgotten with
the next ethtool command. Sample steps to reproduce:
1. ethtool -k eth0
tx-tcp-segmentation: on # TSO is on from the beginning
2. ethtool -K eth0 tx off
tx-tcp-segmentation: off [not requested]
3. ethtool -k eth0
tx-tcp-segmentation: off [requested on]
4. ethtool -K eth0 rx off # Some change unrelated to TSO
5. ethtool -k eth0
tx-tcp-segmentation: off # "Wanted on" is forgotten
This commit fixes it by changing the formula to:
(req_wanted & req_mask) | (old_wanted & ~req_mask),
where old_active was replaced by old_wanted to account for the wanted
bits.
The shortcut condition for the case where nothing was changed now
compares wanted bitmasks, instead of wanted to active.
Fixes: 0980bfcd69 ("ethtool: set netdev features with FEATURES_SET request")
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to do 3 things for ipv6_dev_find():
As David A. noticed,
- rt6_lookup() is not really needed. Different from __ip_dev_find(),
ipv6_dev_find() doesn't have a compatibility problem, so remove it.
As Hideaki suggested,
- "valid" (non-tentative) check for the address is also needed.
ipv6_chk_addr() calls ipv6_chk_addr_and_flags(), which will
traverse the address hash list, but it's heavy to be called
inside ipv6_dev_find(). This patch is to reuse the code of
ipv6_chk_addr_and_flags() for ipv6_dev_find().
- dev parameter is passed into ipv6_dev_find(), as link-local
addresses from user space has sin6_scope_id set and the dev
lookup needs it.
Fixes: 81f6cb3122 ("ipv6: add ipv6_dev_find()")
Suggested-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <hideaki.yoshifuji@miraclelinux.com>
Reported-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pskb_carve_frag_list() may return -ENOMEM in pskb_carve_inside_nonlinear().
we should handle this correctly or we would get wrong sk_buff.
Fixes: 6fa01ccd88 ("skbuff: Add pskb_extract() helper function")
Signed-off-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The frags of skb_shared_info of the data is assigned in following loop. It
is meaningless to do a memcpy of frags here.
Signed-off-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the uses of fallthrough comments to fallthrough macro.
Signed-off-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
